AiRregs
Air Pollution Regulatory Services, Inc.
LOUISVIL.L 1 E KY
STATE IMPL EMENTATION PL AN
BINDER 2 (OF 2)
THIS BINDER CONTAINS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATIONS WITH
THE SIP SUBMITTAL AND APPROVAL HISTORY (Req 7.50 to Reg 8)
for
Air Programs Branch
US. EPA Region IV
345 Courtlarid Street, N.E.
Atlanta, Georgia 30365
EPA PC 9R-0472—NASA 1988

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.50. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW LIME
MANUFACTURING PLANTS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new liitte manufacturing plants
contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart HH, revised by Fed. Reg. 18080
(1984) is hereby adopted äi d filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart HH, as revised, limits emissions of particulate matter
from all new lime manufacturing plants that commenced
construction, modificatiOn, or reconstruction after May 3, 1977.
A lime manufacturing plant is defined to be any plant which uses
a rotary lime kiln to produce lime product from limestone by
calcination.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart” shall be read as “this
regulation”.
SECTION 5. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6—13—79; effective 6—13—79; amended 2—19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
3r3

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “L OSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.51. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW LIQUID WASTE
INCINERATORS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
This section is applicable to those facilities disposing of waste
solvents, chemicals, or other flammable material by incineration
after the effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Liquid waste” means any material in a liquid form which has
no commercial value other than recovery of its recyclable
components or has been transferred to a facility for disposal.
(b) “Liquid waste incinerator” is a device for incineration of
liquid waste.
(c) “Exit gas temperature” means the temperature of the products
of combustion measured at the end of the incinerator and prior to
any air pollution control device.
(d) “Residence time” means the time required for the products of
combustion to travel from the liquid waste burner to the exit of
the incinerator while maintaining the average gas temperature
associated with the residence time.
(e) “Auxiliary fuel” means natural gas, propane, butane,
distillate fuel oil or other fuel free of toxic compounds and
containing not more than 0.5% incombustible particulate.
(f) “Combustible liquid waste” means any liquid waste with a heat
content greater than 10,000 BTU/lb or capable of sustaining
combustion in an incinerator without auxiliary fuel.
(g) “Partially combustible liquid waste” means any liquid waste
with a heat content greater than 5000 BTU/lb and less than 10,000
BTU/lb requiring auxiliary fuel for sustained combustion.
(h) “Average gas temperature” is the mean temperature of the
products of combustion while in the incinerator and prior to any
spray chamber or air pollution control device.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause the emissions of particulate matter from a liquid
waste incinerator to exceed:
(a) 0.2 gr/scf corrected to 12% C02 excluding the contribution of
carbon dioxide from auxiliary fuel, or
(b) 20% opacity.

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
SECTION 4. EQUIPMENT STANDARDS
(a) Incineration of partially combustible liquids shall be
accomplished in an incinerator equipped with means of firing
sufficient auxiliary fuel to sustain combustion at temperatures
as required by this regulation. No auxiliary fuel shall be
required for incineration of combustible liquids unless otherwise
required by the District.
(b) Incineration of liquid wastes with a viscosity of 750 SSU or
greater shall be accomplished in a burner equipped with steam or
air atomization.
(c) Incineration of halogenated liquid wastes shall be
accomplished in an incinerator equipped with a wet scrubber.
(d) Incineration of liquid wastes containing inorganic salts
shall be accomplished in an incinerator equipped with a
particulate control device of sufficiency to meet the emission
standard specified in sections 3 (a) and 3 (b) of this
regulation.
(e) The incineration shall be capable of maintaining an average
gas temperature of 1600 degrees F with a residence time as
determined by the District to provide complete combustion of the
liquid waste.
(f) The incinerator shall be equipped with a fail-safe device
designed to interrupt the delivery of liquid waste to the burner
in the event of
(i) Fire or flame reaching the line delivering waste to the
burner, or
(ii) Loss of burner flame.
(g) The delivery pipe to the liquid waste burner shall be
equipped with a flow indicator capable of measuring the maximum
demand of the burner.
(h) The incinerator shall be equipped with an indicating
pyrometer or thermometer to measure the exit gas temperature.
SECTION 5. RECORDKEEPING
The owner or operator of any liquid waste incinerator subject to
the provisions of this regulation shall record the following
information:
(a) Daily operating hours of liquid waste incinerator
(b) Daily log of liquid waste received and specifying:
(i) The amount received,
(ii) A general description of the waste,
33 $_

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(iii) The source from whom the waste was received,
(iv) A designation of whether the waste contains material toxic
to humans.
SECTION 6. TIMETABLE FOR COMPLIANCE
(a) Compliance with the provisions of section 4 of this
regulation shall occur on or before February 1, 1980.
(b) Compliance with all other provisions of this regulation shall
occur as of the effective date of this regulation.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 6—13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
2-8 61 —

-------
PRINTED AUGUST -30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.52. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW FABRIC, VINYL
AND PAPER SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY.
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after June 13, 1979.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given to them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means a coating line for fabric, vinyl or
paper.
(2) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating including but not limited to: roll, knife, or rotogravure
coater.
(3) “Flashoff area” means the space between the applicator and
the oven.
(4) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any coatings containing volatile
organic compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(a) Mixing operations;
(b) Process storage;
(C) Applicators;
(d) Drying operations including, but not limited to: flashoff
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization;
(e) Clean up operations;
(f) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(g) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(h) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one (1) coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of
which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile
organic compounds it receives from or distributes to each coating
line;
(i) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualifies for an exemption according to Section 5, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
(5) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon(excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than one-tenth
(0.1) mm Hg at conditions of twenty (20) degrees Celsius and 760
mm Hg.
(6) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface
3&7

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
coatings, volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile
organic compounds; but does not mean storage tanks.
(7) “Fabric coating” means the coating of a textile substrate to
impart properties that are not initially present, such as
strength, stability, water or acid repellancy, or appearance.
(8) “Vinyl coating” means the coating of vinyl coated fabrics or
vinyl sheets which includes decorative or protective topcoats or
printing.
(9) “Paper coating” means the application of a uniform layer of
material across the entire width of a web of paper, pressure
sensitive tapes regardless of substrate, related web coating
processes on plastic film such as typewriter ribbons,
photographic film, magnetic tape, and decorative coatings on
metal foil such as gift wrap and packaging, but does not include
the printing of paper.
(10) “Knife coating” means the application of a coating material
to a substrate by means of drawing the substrate beneath a knife
that spreads the coating evenly over the full width of the
substrate.
(11) “Roll coating” means the application of a coating material
to a substrate by means of hard rubber or steel rolls.
(12) “Rotogravure coating” means the application of a coating
material to a substrate by means of a roll coating technique in
which the pattern to be applied is etched on the coating roll.
The coating material is picked up in these regulations recessed
areas and is transferred to the substrate.
(13) “Classification date” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(14) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total input
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected facility
minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are not
emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organ compounds that are
prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compounds net input.
When the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such
as to permit more than one (1) interpretation of this definition,
the interpretation that results in the minimum value for
allowable emission shall apply.
(15) “Printing” means the formation of words, designs and
pictures, usually by a series of application rolls each with only
partial coverage. It applies to flexographic and rotogravure
processes as applied to publication and packaging print.
Section 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than fifteen (15) percent by
weight of the volatile organic compounds net input into the
affected facility.
SECTION 4. Compliance.
(1) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the department.
(2) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases where
the department determines that a material balance is not
possible. For those cases where a material balance is not
possible, compliance will be determined based upon an engineering
analysis by the department of: the control system design, control
device efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any
other factor that could influence the performance of the system.
If so requested by the department, performance tests as specified
by the department shall be conducted in order to determine the
efficiency of the control device.
(3) With the prior approval of the department, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
Section 3.
(4) Whenever deemed necessary by the department, the department
shall obtain samples of the coatings used at an affected facility
to verify that the coatings meet the requirements in Section 5.
The following methods of analyses, filed by reference in 401 KAR
50:015, for coatings shall be used as applicable except in those
cases where the department determines that other methods would be
more appropriate:
(a) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(b) ASTM D 1475—60(74);
(c) ASTM D 2369—73; or
(d) Federal Standard 141 a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. Exemptions.
(1) Any affected facility coating fabric or paper shall be exempt
from the provisions of Section 3 if the volatile organic
compounds content of the coating is less then 0.35 kg/i of
coating (2.9 lb/gal), excluding water, delivered to the
applicators associated with the coating line.
(2) Any affected facility coating vinyl shall be exempt from the
provisions of Section 3 if the volatile organic compound content
of the coating is less than 0.45 kg/i of coating (3.8 lb/gal),
excluding water, delivered to the applicators associated with the
coating line.
(3) An owner or operator electing to qualify for an extension
under this section must achieve final compliance for that
312

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
affected facility by December 1, 1981.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 6—13—79; amended 11—16—83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
3?O

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.53 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW BEVERAGE CAN
SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new beverage can surface coating
operations contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart WW, made effective by
48 Fed. Reg. 38737 (1983) is hereby adopted and filed herein by
reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart WW, limits emissions of volatile organic compounds from
all new 2 piece beverage can surface coating operations that
commenced construction, modification, or reconstruction after
- November 26, 1980. A 2 piece beverage can is defined to be any 2
piece steel or aluminum container in which soft drinks or beer
(including malt liquor) are packaged. The standards in the
federal regulation represent the best demonstrated technology for
the industry.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart” shall be read as “this
regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6-13-79; effective 6-13-79; amended 2—19-86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
391

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.54. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW METAL COIL
SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new metal coil surface coating
operations in 40 CFR 60, Subpart TT, published in the Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July 1, 1983, is
hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart TT, limits emissions of volatile organic compounds from
all new metal coil surface coating operations that commenced
construction, modification, or reconstruction after January 5,
1981. A metal coil surface coating operation is defined o be
any application system used to apply an organic coating to the
surface of any continuous metal strip that is packaged in a roll
or coil. Compliance can be achieved by any of four approaches
for each affected facility. The standards in the federal
regulation represent the best demonstrated technology for the
industry.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITIONS
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart” shall be read as “this
regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6-13—79; effective 6-13-79; amended 2—19-86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
3?2-

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.55 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW INSULATION OF
MAGNET WIRE
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after the effective date of this
regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a coating line for insulation of
magnet wire.
(b) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating, including, but not limited to, a coating bath.
(C) “Coating die” means the device, located between the
applicator and the drying oven, which scrapes of f excess coating
and leaves a thin film of desired thickness.
(d) “Magnet wire” means wire used in such equipment as electrical
motors, generators, and transformers which carries an electrical
current.
(e) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any coatings containing volatile
organic compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(i) mixing operations;
(ii) process storage;
(iii) applicators;
(iv) drying operations including coating die area evaporation,
oven drying, baking, curing, and polymerization;
(v) clean up operations;
(vi) leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(vii) processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds.
(viii) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of
which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile
organic compound it receives from or distributes to each coating
line.
6d-
“3

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(ix) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to section 5, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
(f) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and animonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than 0.1 nun Hg at
conditions of 20 degrees Celsius and 760 nun Hg.
(g) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface
coatings, volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile
organic compounds, but does not mean storage tanks which are
subject to Regulation 7.12.
(h) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total amount
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected facility
minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are not
emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that are
prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compound net input.
When the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such
as to permit more than one interpretation of this definition, the
interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable
emission shall apply.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLLA TILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than 10 percent by weight of
the volatile organic compounds net input into the affected
facility.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
(a) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the District.
(b) Compliance with the standard in section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases where
the District determines that a material balance is not possible.
For those cases where a material balance is not possible,
compliance will be determined based upon an engineering analysis
by the District of the control system design, control device
efficiency, control system capture efficiency and any other
factors that could influence the performance of the system. If
so requested by the District, performance tests as specified by
the District shall be conducted in order to determine the
efficiency of the control device.
(c) With the prior approval of the District, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
_ 28 64

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
section 5.
(d) Whenever deemed necessary, the District shall obtain samples
of the coatings used at an affected facility to verify that the
coatings meet the requirements in section 5. The following
methods of analyses for coatings shall be used as applicable
except in those cases where the District determines that other
methods would be more appropriate:
(i) ASTM D 1644—75 Method A;
(ii) ASTM D 1475—60 (74);
(iii) ASTM D 2369—73; or
(iv) Federal Standard 141a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. EXEMPTIONS
Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
section 3 of this regulation if the volatile organic content of
the coating is less than 0.20 kilograms per liter of coating (1.7
pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the applicators
associated with the coating line.
Adopted 6—13-79; effective 6—13-79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.56 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR LEAKS FROM NEW
PETROLEUM REFINERY EQUIPMENT
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means each individual component within a
petroleum refinery complex that could potentially leak volatile
organic compounds to the atmosphere.
(b) “Component” means equipment or apparatus which includes, but
is not limited to, pumps, compressors, seals, seal oil degassing
vents, pipeline valves, flanges and other connections, pressure
relief devices, process drains, and open-ended pipes that could
potentially leak volatile organic compounds to the atmosphere.
(c) A “petroleum refinery complex” means any facility engaged in
producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel, fuel oils,
residual fuel oils, lubricants, or other products through
distillation of petroleum or through redistillation, cracking,
rearrangement or reforming of unfinished petroleum derivatives.
(d) “Leak” means the presence of a volatile organic compound
concentration exceeding 10,000 ppm when tested in the manner
referenced in Section 5.
(e) “Gas service” means that the volatile organic compound is
gaseous at conditions that prevail in the component during normal
operations.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall:
(a) When any affected facility within the petroleum refinery
complex is found to be leaking, repair the leak within 15 days.
A component recheck shall be made after repair. If the leak is
still present or a new leak is created by the repair, further
maintenance shall be performed until the volatile organic
compound emission drops below the screening value (10,000 ppm).
(b) Any time a valve is located at the end of a pipe or line
containing volatile organic compounds, seal the end of the line
with a second valve, a blind flange, a plug or a cap. The
sealing device may be removed only when a sample is being taken.
This requirement does not apply to safety pressure relief valves.
SECTION 4. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
The owner or operator shall conduct such monitoring of affected
facilities and submit records as specified below:
(a) The refinery operator shall perform component monitoring
using the method referenced in Section 5 as follows:
(i) Monitor with a portable volatile organic compound detection
device annually: pump seals, pipeline valves in liquid service,
and process drains.
(ii) Monitor with a portable volatile organic compound detection
device quarterly: compressor valves, pipeline valves in gas
service, and pressure relief valves in gas service.
(iii) Monitor visually weekly: pump seals.
(iv) No individual monitoring is necessary for pressure relief
valves in liquid service and pipeline flanges.
(b) Pipeline valves and pressure relief valves for gas service
shall be marked or noted so that their location is readily
obvious to both the refinery operator performing the monitoring
and the District.
(C) Whenever liquids are observed dripping from a pump seal, the
seal shall be checked immediately with a portable detector to
determine if a leak of volatile organic compounds is present.
Cd) Whenever a relief valve operates and venting to the
atmosphere occurs, the operator shall monitor such valve
immediately. Pressure relief devices which are tied in to either
a flare header or vapor recovery device shall be exempted from
the monitoring requirements.
(e) When a leak is located, a weather proof and readily visible
tag bearing an identification number and the date the leak is
located shall be affixed to the leaking component. The location,
tag number, date and stream composition of the leak shall also be
noted on a survey log. When the leak is repaired, the date of
repair and date and instrument reading of a component recheck
after maintenance shall be entered in the survey log and the tag
discarded. The operator shall retain the survey log for 2 years
after the inspection is completed.
(f) After quarterly monitoring has been performed, the refinery
operator shall submit a report to the District listing all leaks
that were located but not repaired within the 15 day limit and a
signed statement attesting to the fact that all monitoring has
been performed as stipulated in the control plan. Leaks that
cannot be repaired within 15 days shall be repaired during the
next schedule turnaround, or if unable to be brought into
compliance, a variance shall be requested and obtained on an
individual basis.
SECTION 5. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Except as provided for in Regulation 1.04 the test methods as
3? ?

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
defined in Appendix B to “Control of Volatile Organic Compound
Leaks from Petroleum Refinery Equipment” (OAQPS 1.2-111, U. S.
EPA, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards) shall be used
to determine compliance with the standard prescribed in Section 3
and monitoring requirements in Section 4.
(b) The owner or operator may elect to use alternate monitoring
methods if it can be demonstrated to the District’s satisfaction
that the alternate methods will achieve equivalent control
efficiency.
SECTION 6. VARIANCES AND MODIFICATION
(a) If, after at least 2 complete annual checks, the refinery
operator determines that modifications of the monitoring
requirements are in order, he may request in writing to the
agency that a revision be made. The submittal shall include data
that have been developed to justify any modifications in the
monitoring schedule.
(b) If the District finds an excessive number of leaks during an
inspection, or if the refinery operator finds an excessive number
of leaks in any given area during scheduled monitoring, the
District shall increase the required frequency of operator
inspections for that part of the facility.
(C) Variation with the standards and limitations contained in
this regulation, when supported by adequate technical information
will be considered by the District on a case—by—case basis to
allow for technological or economic circumstances which are
unique to a source.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given to them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means a printing line for packaging
rotogravure, publication rotogravure, and flexographic printing.
(2) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
ink.
(3) “Flashoff area” means the space between the applicator and
the oven.
(4) “Printing line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure, any inks containing volatile organic
compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(a) Mixing operations;
(b) Process storage;
(C) Applicators;
(d) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization;
(e) Clean up operations;

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(f) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(g) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(h) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one (1) printing line, its volatile
organic compound emissions shall be assigned to each printing
line of which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of
volatile organic compounds it receives from or distributes to
each printing line;
(1) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 6, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate printing line;
(j) All units in a machine which has both coating and printing
units will be considered as performing a printing operation.
(5) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than one—tenth
(0.1) mm Hg at conditions of twenty (20) degrees Celsius and 760
mm Hg.
(6) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain inks,
volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile organic
compounds; but does not mean storage tanks which are subject to
401 KAR 59:050 or 401 KAR 61:050.
(7) “Printing” means the formation of words, designs and
pictures, usually by a series of application rolls each with only
partial coverage. It applies to flexographic and rotogravure
processes as applied to publication and packaging printing.
(8) “Coating” means the application of a uniform layer of
material across the entire width of the web.
(9) “Classification date” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(10) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total
amount of volatile organic compounds input to the affected
facility minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are
not emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that
are prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compounds net input.
When the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such
as to permit more than one (1) interpretation of this definition,
the interpretation that results in the minimum value for
allowable emissions shall apply.
(11) “Packaging rotogravure printing” means rotogravure printing
upon paper, paper board, metal foil, plastic film, and other
substrates, which are, in subsequent operations, formed into
— 2BGd
39

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
packaging products and labels for articles to be sold.
(12) “Publication rotogravure printing” means rotogravure
printing upon paper which is subsequently formed into books,
magazines, catalogues, brochures, directories, newspaper
supplements, and other types of printed materials.
(13) “Flexographic printing” means the application of words,
designs and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing
technique in which the pattern to be applied is raised above the
printing roll and the image carrier is made of rubber or other
elastomeric materials.
(14) “Rotogravure printing” means the application of words,
designs, and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing
technique which involves intaglio or recessed image areas in the
form of cells.
(15) “Roll printing” means the application of words, designs and
pictures to a substrate usually by means of a series of hard
rubber or steel rolls each with only partial coverage.
SECTION 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.
(1) No person shall cause, allow or permit an affected facility
for publication rotogravure printing to discharge into the
atmosphere more than twenty-five (25) percent by weight of the
volatile organic compounds net input into the affected facility.
(2) No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility
for packaging rotogravure printing to discharge into the
atmosphere more than thirty-five (35) percent by weight of the
volatile organic compounds net input into the affected facility.
(3) No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility
for flexographic printing to discharge into the atmosphere more
than forty (40) percent by weight of the volatile organic
compounds net input into the affected facility.
SECTION 4. Compliance.
(1) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the department.
(2) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases where
the department determines that a material balance is not
possible. For those cases where a material balance is not
possible, compliance will be based upon an engineering analysis
by the department of: the control system design, control device
efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any other
factors that could influence the performance of the system. If
so requested by the department, performance tests as specified by
the department shall be conducted in order to determine the
efficiency of the control device.
. .-3-8 6d -

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(3) With the prior approval of the department, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
Section 5.
(4) Whenever deemed necessary by the department, the department
shall obtain samples of the inks used at the facility to verify
that the inks meet the requirements in Section 5. The following
methods of analyses, filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015, for
inks shall be used as applicable except in those cases where the
department determines that other methods would be more
appropriate:
(a) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(b) ASTM D 1475—60 (74);
(c) ASTM D 2369-73; or
(d) Federal Standard 141 a, or Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. Exemptions.
Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provision of
Section 3 if the printing systems:
(1) Utilize a water—borne ink whose volatile portion consists of
seventy—five (75) volume percent water and twenty—five (25)
volume percent organic solvent (or a lower volatile organic
compound content) in all printing units;
(2) Achieve a seventy (70) volume percent overall reduction of
solvent usage (compared to all solvent-borne ink usage; or
(3) Utilize inks which contain sixty (60) percent or more non-
volatile material.
SECTION 6. Variances.
Variation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information,
will be considered by the department on a case-by-case basis to
allow for technological or economic circumstances which are
unique to a source.
Adopted 5—20-81; effective 5-20-81; amended 4—20-82.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
‘ (of

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.57. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW GRAPHIC ARTS
FACILITIES USING ROTOGRAVURE AND FLEXOGRAPHY
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provision of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility that commences construction or modification on or after
February 4, 1981.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given to them in 40]. KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means a printing line for packaging
rotogravure, publication rotogravure, and flexographic printing.
(2) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
ink.
(3) “Flashoff area” means the space between the applicator and
the oven.
(4) “Printing line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure, any inks containing volatile organic
compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(a) Mixing operations;
(b) Process storage;
(c) Applicators;
(d) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization;
(e) Clean up operations;
(f) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(g) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(h) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one (1) printing line, its volatile
organic compound emissions shall be assigned to each printing
line of which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of
volatile organic compounds it receives from or distributes to
each printing line;
(i) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 6, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate printing line;
(j) All units in a machine which has both coating and printing
units will be considered as performing a printing operation.
(5) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ainmonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than one—tenth
(0.1) mm Hg at conditions of twenty (20) degrees Celsius and 760
mm Hg.

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(6) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain inks,
volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile organic
compounds; but does not mean storage tanks which are subject to
401 KAR 59:050 or 401 KAR 61:050.
(7) “Printing t ’ means the formation of words, designs and
pictures, usually by a series of application rolls each with only
partial coverage. It applies to flexographic and rotogravure
processes as applied to publication and packaging printing.
(8) “Coating” means the application of a uniform layer of
material across the entire width of the web.
(9) “Classification date” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(10) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total
amount of volatile organic compounds input to the affected
facility minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are
not emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that
are prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compounds net input.
When the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such
as to permit more than one (1) interpretation of this definition,
the interpretation that results in the minimum value for
allowable emissions shall apply.
(11) “Packaging rotogravure printing” means rotogravure printing
upon paper, paper board, metal foil, plastic film, and other
substrates, which are, in subsequent operations, formed into
packaging products and labels for articles to be sold.
(12) “Publication rotogravure printing” means rotogravure
printing upon paper which is subsequently formed into books,
magazines, catalogues, brochures, directories, newspaper
supplements, and other types of printed materials.
(13) “Flexographic printing” means the application of words,
designs and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing
technique in which the pattern to be applied is raised above the
printing roll and the image carrier is made of rubber or other
elastomeric materials.
(14) “Rotogravure printing” means the application of words,
designs, and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing
technique which involves intaglio or recessed image areas in the
form of cells.
(15) “Roll printing” means the application of words, designs and
pictures to a substrate usually by means of a series of hard
rubber or steel rolls each with only partial coverage.

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
SECTION 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.
(1) No person shall cause, allow or permit an affected facility
for publication rotogravure printing to discharge into the
atmosphere more than twenty-five (25) percent by weight of the
volatile organic compounds net input into the affected facility.
(2) No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility
for packaging rotogravure printing to discharge into the
atmosphere more than thirty-five (35) percent by weight of the
volatile organic compounds net input into the affected facility.
(3) No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility
for flexographic printing to discharge into the atmosphere more
than forty (40) percent by weight of the volatile organic
compounds net input into the affected facility.
SECTION 4. Compliance.
(1) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the department.
(2) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases where
the department determines that a material balance is not
possible. For those cases where a material balance is not
possible, compliance will be based upon an engineering analysis
by the department of: the control system design, control device
efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any other
factors that could influence the performance of the system. If
so requested by the department, performance tests as specified by
the department shall be conducted in order to determine the
efficiency of the control device.
(3) With the prior approval of the department, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
Section 5.
(4) Whenever deemed necessary by the department, the department
shall obtain samples of the inks used at the facility to verify
that the inks meet the requirements in Section 5. The following
methods of analyses, filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015, for
inks shall be used as applicable except in those cases where the
department determines that other methods would be more
appropriate:
(a) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(b) ASTM D 1475—60 (74)
(c) ASTM D 2369-73; or
(d) Federal Standard 141 a, or Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. Exemptions.
Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provision of
Section 3 if the printing systems:

-------
PRINTED AUGUST .30, 1989 ttJ.J SIP3RD
(1) Utilize a water-borne ink whose volatile portion consists of
seventy-five (75) volume percent water and twenty—five (25)
volume percent organic solvent (or a lower volatile organic
compound content) in all printing units;
(2) Achieve a seventy (70) volume percent overall reduction of
solvent usage (compared to all solvent-borne ink usage; or
(3) Utilize inks which contain sixty (60) percent or more non-
volatile material.
SECTION 6. Variances.
Variation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information,
will be considered by the department on a case-by-case basis to
allow for technological or economic circumstances which are
unique to a source.
Adopted 5—20—81; effective 5—20—81; amended 4—20—82, 11—16—83,
2—19—8 6.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
REGULATION 7.58 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW FACTORY SURFACE
COATING OPERATIONS OF FLAT WOOD PANELING
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used not defined herein shall have the meaning given them
in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a coating line for the factor
surface coating of interior flat wood paneling.
(b) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating including but not limited to: roll coaters, curtain
coaters, sprays and brushes.
(C) “Flashoff area” means the space between the applicator and
the oven.
(d) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any coatings containing volatile
organic compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(i) Mixing operations;
(ii) Process storage;
(iii) Applicators;
(iv) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization;
(v) Clean up operation;
(vi) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile c rganic compounds;
(vii) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(viii) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of
which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile
organic compound it receives from or distributes to each coating
line;
(ix) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 5, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate coating line.

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
(e) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface
coatings, volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile
organic compounds; but does not mean storage tanks which are
subject to Regulations 7.12 and 6.13.
(f) “Interior flat wood paneling” means printed interior wall
panels made of hardwood plywood and thin particleboard, natural
finish hardwood plywood panels, or hardboard paneling with Class
II finishes.
(g) “Printed panels’ t means panels whose grain or natural surface
is obscured by fillers and basecoats upon which a simulated grain
or decorative pattern is printed.
(h) “Hardwood plywood’ means plywood surface layer is a veneer of
hardwood.
(1) “Particleboard” means a manufactured board made of individual
wood particles which have been coated with a binder and formed
into flat sheets by pressure. Thin particleboard has a thickness
of 1/4 inch or less.
(j) “Natural finish hardwood plywood panels” means panels whose
original grain pattern is enhanced by essentially transparent
finishes frequently supplemented by fillers and toners.
(k) “Hardboard” means a panel manufactured primarily from inter-
felted lignocellulosic fibers which are consolidated under heat
and pressure in a hot-press.
(1) “Class II hardboard paneling finishes” means finishes which
meet the specifications of Voluntary Product Standard PS-59-73,
as approved by the American National Standards Institute.
(in) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total amount
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected facility
minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are not
emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that are
prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compounds net input.
When the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such
to permit more than one interpretation of this definition, the
interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable
emission shall apply.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
2a6d

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.3RD”
qoY

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REG 7.59 THROUGH REGULATION 8
REGULATION 7.59 STANDARD OF PERFORNANCE FOR NEW MISCELLANEOUS
METAL PARTS AND PRODUCTS SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility that commences construction or modification on or after
May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given to them in 40]. KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means a coating line located at job shops
and original equipment manufacturing industries which apply
coatings on metal substrates not elsewhere subject to regulation
in this chapter.
(2) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating, including but not limited to: dipping, spraying, or
flow-coating.
(3) “Flashoff area” means only one (1) film of coating is applied
to the metal substrate.
(4) “Single coat” means only one (1) film of coating is applied
to the metal substrate.
(5) “Prime coat” means the first of two (2) or more films of
coating applied in an operation.
(6) “Topcoat’ t means the final film or series of films of coating
applied in a two (2) coat (or more) operation.
(7) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any prime, topcoat or single coatings
containing volatile organic compounds. This shall include, but
is not limited to:
(a) Mixing operations;
(b) Process storage;
(C) Applicators;
(d) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization;
(e) Clean up operation;
(f) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(g) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(h) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one (1) coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of
which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile
organic compound it receives from or distributes to each coating
409

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
line;
(i) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 6, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
(8) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than one-tenth
(0.1) mm Hg at conditions of twenty (20) degrees Celsius and 760
mm Hg.
(9) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface
coatings, volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile
organic compounds; but does not mean storage tanks which are
subject to 401 KAR 59:050 or 401 KAR 61:050.
(10) “Miscellaneous metal parts and products” means items
including but not limited to:
(a) Large farm machinery (harvesting, fertilizing and planting
machines, tractors, combines, etc.);
(b) Small farm machinery (lawn and garden tractors, lawn
mowers, rototillers, etc.);
(C) Small appliances (fans, mixers, blenders, crock pots,
dehumidifiers, vacuum cleaners, etc.);
(d) Commercial machinery (computers and auxiliary equipment,
typewriters, calculators, vending machines, etc.);
(e) Industrial machinery (pumps, compressors, conveyer
components, fans, blowers, transformers, etc.);
(f) Fabricated metal products (metal covered doors, frames,
etc.); and
(g) Any other industrial category not otherwise subject to
regulation in this chapter which coats metal parts or products.
(11) “Heat sensitive material” means materials which cannot be
exposed to temperatures greater than eighty-two (82) to ninety-
three (93) 0 C (180° — 200°F).
(12) “Air or forced air—dried items” means parts that are too
large or too heavy for practical size ovens; parts that are
sensitive to heat; parts to which heat sensitive materials are
attached; or equipment assembled prior to top coating for
specific performance or quality standards.
(13) “Outdoor or harsh exposure or extreme environmental
conditions” means exposure to any of the following: year round
weather conditions, temperatures consistently above ninety-five
(95) 0 Celsius, detergents, scouring, solvents, corrosive
atmospheres; and similar environmental conditions.
(14) “Classification dates” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(15) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total
410

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
amount of volatile organic compounds input to the affected
facility minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are
not emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that
are prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compound net input. When
the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such as to
permit more than one (1) interpretation of this definition, the
interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable
emissions shall apply.
SECTION 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.
No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than fifteen(15) percent by
weight of the volatile organic compounds net input into the
affected facility.
SECTION 4. Compliance.
(1) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the department.
(2) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases where
the department determines that a material balance is not
possible. For those cases where a material balance is not
possible, compliance will be determined based upon an engineering
analysis by the department of: the control system design, control
device efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any
other factors that could influence the performance of the system.
If so requested by the department, performance tests as specified
by the department shall be conducted in order to determine the
efficiency of the control device.
(3) With the prior approval of the department, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
Section 5.
(4) Whenever deemed necessary by the department, the department
shall obtain samples of the coatings used at an affected facility
to verify that the coatings meet the requirements in Section 5.
The following methods of analyses, filed by reference in 401 KAR
50:015, for coating shall be used as applicable except in those
cases where the department determines that other methods would be
more appropriate:
(a) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(b) ASTM D 1475—60(74) ;
(c) ASTM D 2369—73; or
(d) Federal Standard 141 a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. Exemptions.
(1) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
Section 3 if the volatile organic compound content of coating is:
411

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(a) Less than 0.52 kg/i of coating (4.3 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with clear coat;
(b) Less than 0.42 kg/i of coating (3.5 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with air or forced air-dried
items or items subject to outdoor or harsh exposure or extreme
environmental conditions;
(C) Less than 0.36 kg/i of coating (3.5 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with color coat or first coat or
untreated ferrous substrate; or
(d) Less than 0.50 kg/i of powder coating (0.4 lb/gal) delivered to
applicators associated with no or infrequent color change, or a small
number of colors applied.
(2) The surface coating of the following metal parts and products are
exempt from this regulation:
(a) The exterior of airplanes and marine vessels, but not parts for
the exterior of airplanes and marine vessels that are coated as a
separate manufacturing or coating operation;
(b) Automobile refinishing; and
(c) Customized top coating of automobiles and trucks, if production
is less than thirty-five (35) vehicles per day.
(3) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
Section 3 if the total volatile organic compound emissions from all
affected facilities subject to this regulation are less than or equal
to twenty (20) tons per year.
SECTION 6. Variances.
Variation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will be
considered by the department on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a source.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given to them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means a coating line located at job shops
and original equipment manufacturing industries which apply
coatings on metal substrates not elsewhere st ject to regulation
in this chapter.
(2) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating, including but not limited to: dipping, spraying, or
flow-coating.
(3) “Flashoff area” means only one (1) film of coating is applied
to the metal substrate.
(4) “Single coat” means only one (1) film of coating is applied
to the metal substrate.
(5) “Prime coat” means the first of two (2) or more films of
coating applied in an operation.
412

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(6) “Topcoat” means the final film or series of films of coating
applied in a two (2) coat (or more) operation.
(7) “coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any prime, topcoat or single coatings
containing volatile organic compounds. This shall include, but
is not limited to:
(a) Mixing operations;
(b) Process storage;
(C) Applicators;
(d) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization;
(e) Clean up operation;
(f) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(g) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(h) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one (1) coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of
which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile
organic compound it receives from or distributes to each coating
line;
(i) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 6, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
(8) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ammoniumn
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than one-tenth
(0.1) mm Hg at conditions of twenty (20) degrees Celsius and 760
mm Hg.
(9) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface
coatings, volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile
organic compounds; but does not mean storage tanks which are
subject to 401 KAR 59:050 or 401 KAR 61:050.
(10) “Miscellaneous metal parts and products” means items
including but not limited to:
(a) Large farm machinery (harvesting, fertilizing and planting
machines, tractors, combines, etc.);
(b) Small farm machinery (lawn and garden tractors, lawn
mowers, rototillers, etc.);
(c) Small appliances (fans, mixers, blenders, crock pots,
dehumidifiers, vacuum cleaners, etc.);
(d) Commercial machinery (computers and auxiliary equipment,
typewriters, calculators, vending machines, etc.);
(e) Industrial machinery (pumps, compressors, conveyer
components, fans, blowers, transformers, etc.);
(f) Fabricated metal products (metal covered doors, frames,
etc.); and
413

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(g) Any other industrial category not otherwise subject to
regulation in this chapter which coats metal parts or products.
(11) “Heat sensitive material” means materials which cannot be
exposed to temperatures greater than eighty-two (82) to ninety-
three (93) 0 C (180° — 200°F).
(12) “Air or forced air-dried items” means parts that are too
large or too heavy for practical size ovens; parts that are
sensitive to heat; parts to which heat sensitive materials are
attached; or equipment assembled prior to top coating for
specific performance or quality standards.
(13) “Outdoor or harsh exposure or extreme environmental
conditions” means exposure to any of the following: year round
weather conditions, temperatures consistently above ninety—five
(95) °Celsius, detergents, scouring, solvents, corrosive
atmospheres; and similar environmental conditions.
(14) “Classification dates” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(15) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total
amount of volatile organic compounds input to the affected
facility minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are
not emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that
are prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compound net input. When
the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such as to
permit more than one (1) interpretation of this definition, the
interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable
emissions shall apply.
SECTION 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.
No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than fifteen(15) percent by
weight of the volatile organic compounds net input into the
affected facility.
SECTION 4. Compliance.
(1) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the department.
(2) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases where
the department determines that a material balance is not
possible. For those cases where a material balance is not
possible, compliance will be determined based upon an engineering
analysis by the department of: the control system design, control
device efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any
other factors that could influence the performance of the system.
If so requested by the department, performance tests as specified
by the department shall be conducted in order to determine the
414

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4T}P’
efficiency of the control device.
(3) With the prior approval of the department, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
Section 5.
(4) Whenever deemed necessary by the department, the department
shall obtain samples of the coatings used at an affected facility
to verify that the coatings meet the requirements in Section 5.
The following methods of analyses, filed by reference in 401 KAR
50:015, for coating shall be used as applicable except in those
cases where the department determines that other methods would be
more appropriate:
(a) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(b) ASTM D 1475—60(74);
(C) ASTM D 2369—73; or
(d) Federal Standard 14]. a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. Exemptions.
(1) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
Section 3 if the volatile organic compound content of coating is:
(a) Less than 0.52 kg/l of coating (4.3 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with clear coat;
(b) Less than 0.42 kg/l of coating (3.5 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with air or forced air-dried
items or items subject to outdoor or harsh exposure or extreme
environmental conditions;
(c) Less than 0.36 kg/i of coating (3.5 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with color coat or first coat or
untreated ferrous substrate; or
(d) Less than 0.50 kg/i of powder coating (0.4 lb/gal)delivered to
applicators associated with no or infrequent color change, or a small
number of colors applied.
(2) The surface coating of the following metal parts and products are
exempt from this regulation:
(a) The exterior of airplanes and marine vessels, but not parts for
the exterior of airplanes and marine vessels that are coated as a
separate manufacturing or coating operation;
(b) Automobile refinishing; and
(C) Customized top coating of automobiles and trucks, if production
is less than thirty-five (35) vehicles per day.
(3) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
Section 3 if the total volatile organic compound emissions from all
affected facilities subject to this regulation are less than or equal
to twenty (20) tons per year.
SECTION 6. Variances.
Variation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will be
considered by the department on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a source.
415

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989
“LOSIP. 4TH”
Adopted 5—20—81; effective 5-20—81; amended 4—20—82, 2—19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
416

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.60 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW SYNTHESIZED
PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCT MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall have
the meaning given to them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means operations involved in the manufacture
of pharmaceutical products by chemical synthesis, but does not
include fermentation, extraction, or formulation and packaging.
(2) “Extraction” means the manufacture of botanical and biological
products by the extraction of organic compounds from vegetative
materials or animal tissues.
(3) “Fermentation” means the production and separation of medicinal
chemicals such as antibiotics and vitamins from microorganisms.
(4) “Formulation and packaging” means the formulation of bulk
pharmaceuticals into various dosage forms such as tablets, capsules,
injectable solutions, ointments, etc. that can be taken by the
patient immediately and in accurate amount.
(5) t vo1ati1e organic compounds” means chemical compounds of carbon
(excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic
acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium carbonate) which have a vapor
pressure greater than one-tenth (0.1) mimi Hg at conditions of twenty
(20) degrees Celsius and 760 mm Hg.
(6) “Classification date” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(7) “kPa” means kilopascals.
(8) “psi” means pounds per square inch.
SECTION 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.
The owner or operator of an affected facility to which this
regulation applies shall install, maintain and operate the control
equipment and observe at all times the following operating
requirements:
(1) (a) Each vent from reactors, distillation operations,
crystallizers, centrifuges, and vacuum dryers that emit 6.8
kg/day (fifteen (15) lb/day) or more of volatile organic
compounds shall be equipped with surface condensers or other
methods of control which provide emission reductions equivalent
to the use of surface condensers which meet the requirements in
paragraph (b) of this subsection.
417

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(b) If surface condensers are used, the condenser outlet gas
temperature shall not exceed the following temperatures (degrees
Celsius) when condensing volatile organic compounds with the
respective minimum vapor pressure (kilopascals). All vapor pressures
are measured to twenty (20) degrees Celsius.
1. Negative twenty—five 25)°C; forty (40)kPa (5.8 psi);
2. Negative fifteen (15) C; twenty (20) kPa (2.9 psi);
3. Zero (0)°C; ten (l0)kPa (1.5 psi);
4. Ten (l0)°C: Seven (7) kPa (1.0 psi); and
5. Twenty—five (25)°C, 3.5 kPa (0.5 psi).
(2) (a) For air dryers and production equipment exhaust systems that
emit 150kg/day (330 lbs/day) or more of volatile organic compounds,
emission shall be reduced ninety (90) percent.
(b) For air dryers and production equipment exhaust systems that
emit less than 150 kg/day (330 lbs/day), emissions shall be reduced
to fifteen (15) kg/day (thirty-three(33) lbs/day).
(3) (a) For storage tanks storing volatile organic compounds with a
vapor pressure greater than twenty-eight (28)kPa(4.1 psi) at twenty
(20) 0 C, one(l) liter of displaced vapor shall be allowed to be
released to the atmosphere for every ten (10) liters transferred
(i.e., a ninety (90) percent effective vapor balance or equivalent) on
truck/rail car delivery to all tanks greater than 7,500 L(2,000 gal)
capacity except where tanks are equipped with floating roofs, vapor
recovery systems, or their equivalent. This requirement does not
apply to transfer of volatile organic compounds from one (1) in-plant
location to another.
(b) For tanks storing volatile organic compounds with a vapor
pressure greater than ten (10) kPa (1.5 psi) at twenty (20)°C,
pressure/vacuum conservation vents shall be set at plus or minus 0.2
kPa, except where more effective air pollution control is used.
(4) All centrifuges containing volatile organic compounds, rotary
vacuum filters processing liquid containing volatile organic
compounds and any other filters having an exposed liquid surface
where the liquids exerting a total volatile organic comgounds vapor
pressure of 3.5 kPa (0.5 psi) or more than twenty (20) C.
(5) All in-process tanks containing volatile organic compound at any
time shall have covers which shall be closed except for short periods
when production, sampling, maintenance, or inspection procedures
require operator access.
(6) For liquids containing volatile organic compounds, all leaks in
which liquid can be observed to be running or dripping vessels and
equipment (for example: pumps, valves, flanges) shall be repaired
within fifteen (15) days. A visual recheck shall be made after
repair. If the leak is still present or a new leak is created by
the repair, further maintenance shall be performed until the
volatile organic compound emission drops below the screening
value (observed to be running or dripping). Leaks that cannot be
repaired within fifteen (15) days shall be repaired during the
next scheduled turnaround, or if unable to be brought into
418

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
compliance, a variance shall be requested and obtained on an
individual basis. Leak detection/maintenance and repair
procedures shall include maintaining a log identifying when the
leak occurred and reporting every ninety(90) days those leaks not
repaired after fifteen (15) days. The operators shall retain the
survey log for two (2) years after the inspection is completed.
SECTION 4. Compliance Procedures.
Compliance will be determined based upon an engineering analysis by
the department of: control system design, control device efficiency,
control system capture efficiency, and any other factors that could
influence the performance of the system. If so requested by the
department, performance tests as specified by the department shall be
conducted in order to determine the efficiency of the control device.
SECTION 5. Monitoring Requirements.
When adsorbers, condensers, incinerators or scrubbers are used to
achieve compliance, with Section 3, the following monitoring devices
shall be an integral part of the control device:
(1) For carbon adsorbers, a monitoring device connected to an alarm
device, which indicates carbon bed breakthrough;
(2) For condensers, a temperature securing device located in the exit
gas stream;
(3) For incinerators, temperature securing devices located in the
combustion chamber for thermal incinerators and in the catalyst pre-
heat chamber for catalytic incinerators; and
(4) For scrubbers, flow meters for measuring flow rate of scrubbing
medium or pressure drop measuring devices indicating back pressure
and pressure drop across the scrubber.
SECTION 6. Variances.
Variation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will be
considered by the department on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a source.
Adopted 5—20—81; effective 5-20-81; amended 4-20—82.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA. by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
419

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.61 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW PNEUMATIC RUBBER
TIRE MANUFACTURING PLANTS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall have
the meaning given to them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means undertread cementers, tread end
cementers, bead dip tanks, and green tire spray booths associated
with the manufacture of pneumatic rubber tires.
(2) “Manufacture of pneumatic rubber tires” means the mass production
of pneumatic rubber tires.
(3) “Pneumatic rubber tires” means agricultural, airplane,
industrial, mobile home, light and medium duty truck, and passenger
vehicle tires of bead diameter up to .51 m (twenty (20) in) and
cross-sectional dimension up to .33 m (12.8 in).
(4) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of carbon
(excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic
acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium carbonate) which have a vapor
pressure greater than one-tenth (0.1) mm Hg at conditions of
twenty(20) degrees Celsius and 760 mm Hg.
(5) “Classification date” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(6) “Water based sprays” means release compounds, sprayed on the
inside and outside of green tires, in which solids, water, and
emulsifiers have been substituted for organic solvents.
SECTION 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install, maintain
and operate capture and control equipment to achieve the following:
(1) Emissions from undertread cementers, tread and cementers and bead
dip tanks shall be reduced by at least seventy-six (76) percent; and
(2) Emissions from green tire spray booths shall be reduced by at
least eighty-one (81) percent. This requirement is not applicable to
green tire spray booths using water based sprays.
SECTION 4. Compliance.
Compliance will be determined based upon an engineering analysis by
the department of: the control system design, control device
efficiency, control system capture efficiency and any other factors
that could influence the performance of the system. If so requested
by the department, performance tests as specified by the department
shall be conducted in order to determine the efficiency of the
420

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
control device.
SECTION 5. Variances.
Variation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will be
considered by the department on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a source.
Adopted 5-20—81; effective 5—20-81; amended 4-20—82.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
42].

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.62 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW STATIONARY GAS
TURBINES
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new stationary gas turbines contained
in 40 CFR 60, Subpart GG, as published in the Code of Federal
Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July 1, 1983, and as
Fed. Reg. 30672 (1984) is hereby adopted and filed herein by
reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart GG, limits emissions of nitrogen oxides and sulfur
dioxide from all new stationary gas turbines that commenced
construction, modification, or reconstruction after October 3,
1977. All stationary gas turbines with a heat input at peak load
equal to or greater than 10.7 gigajoules per hour, based on the
lower heating value of the fuel fired, are subjected to the
provisions of this regulation.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA” and “Agency” shall be read as
“District” and “this subpart” shall be read as “this regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
Adopted 5—20—81; effective 5—20—81; amended 11—16—83, 2—19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
422

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.63 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW ELECTRIC UTILITY
STEAM GENERATING UNITS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after September 18, 1978. This
regulation applies to electric utility combined cycles gas
turbines that are capable of combusting more than 250 MM BTU/hr
heat input of fossil fuel in the steam generator. Only emissions
resulting from the combustion of fuels in the affected facility
are subject to this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
(1) “Affected facility” means each electric utility steam
generating unit that is capable of combusting more than 250 MM
BTU/hr heat input of fossil fuel. For an electric utility
combined cycle gas turbine the affected facility is that part of
the system that is the steam generating unit. The gas turbine is
subject to 401 KAR 59:018.
(2) “Classification date” means September 19, 1978.
(3) “Steam generating unit” means any furnace, boiler, or other
device used f or combusting fuel for the purpose of producing
steam (including fossil-fuel-fired steam generators associated
with combined cycle gas turbines; nuclear steam generators are
not included).
(4) “Electric utility steam generating unit” means any steam
electric generating unit that is constructed for the purpose of
supplying more than one-third (1/3) of its potential electric
output capacity and more than twenty-five (25) megawatts (MW)
electrical output to any utility power distribution system for
sale. Any steam supplied to a steam distribution system for the
purpose of providing steam to a steam electric generator that
would produce electrical energy for sale is also considered in
determining the electrical energy output capacity of the affected
facility.
(5) “Fossil fuel” means natural gas, petroleum, cOal, and any
form of solid, liquid or gaseous fuel derived from such material
for the purpose of creating useful heat.
(6) “Subbituminous coal” means coal that is classified as
subbituminous A,B or C according to ASTM D 388-66, filed by
reference in 401 KAR 50:015.
(7) “Lignite” means coal that is classified as lignite A or B
according to ASTM D 388-66.
(8) “Coal refuse” means waste products of coal mining, physical
coal cleaning, and coal preparation operations (e.g., culm, gob,
etc.) containing coal, matrix material, clay and other organic
423

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
and inorganic material.
(9) “Potential combustion concentration” means the theoretical
emissions (lb/MN BTU heat input) that would result from
combustion of a fuel in an uncleaned state (without emission
control systems) and;
(a) For particulate matter is:
1. 7.0 lb/MM BTU heat input for solid fuel; and
2. 0.17 lb/MM BTU heat input for liquid fuels.
(b) For sulfur dioxide is determined as in Section 8(2).
(C) For nitrogen oxides is:
1. 0.67 lb/MM BTU heat input for gaseous fuels;
2. 0.72 lb/MN BTU heat input for liquid fuels; and
3. 2.30 lb/MN BTU heat input for solid fuels.
(10) “combined cycle gas turbine” means a stationary turbine
combustion system where heat from the turbine exhaust gases is
recovered by a steam generating unit.
(11) “Interconnected” means that two (2) or more electric
generating units are electrically tied together by a network of
power transmission lines, and other power transmission equipment.
(12) “Electric utility company” means the largest interconnected
organization, business or governmental entity that generates
electric power for sale (e.g., a holding company with operating
subsidiary companies).
(13) “Principal company” means the electric utility company or
companies which own the affected facility.
(14) “Neighboring company” means any one (1) of those electric
utility companies with one (1) or more electric power
interconnections to the principal company and which have
geographically adjoining service areas.
(15) “Net system capacity” means the sum of the electric
generating capability (not necessarily equal to rated capacity)
of all electric generating equipment owned b r an electric utility
company (including steam generating units, ir cernal combustion
engines, gas turbines, nuclear units, hydroelectric units and all
other electric generating equipment) plus firm contractual
purchases that are interconnected to the affected facility that
has the malfunctioning flue gas desulfurization (FGD) system.
The electric generating capability of equipment under multiple
ownership is prorated based on ownership unless the proportional
entitlement to electric output is otherwise established by
contractual arrangement.
(16) “System load” means the entire electric demand of an
electric utility company’s service area interconnected with the
affected facility that has the malfunctioning flue gas
desulfurization (FGD) system plus firm contractual sales to other
electric utility companies. Sales to other electric utility
companies (e.g., emergency power) not on a firm contractual basis
424

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
may also be included in the system load when no available system
capacity exists in the electric utility company to which the
power is supplied for sale.
(17) “System emergency reserves” means an amount of electric
generating capacity equivalent to the rated capacity of the
single largest electric generating unit in the electric utility
company (including steam generating units, internal combustion
engines, gas turbines, nuclear units, hydroelectric units, and
all other electric generating equipment) which is interconnected
with the affected facility that has the malfunctioning flue gas
desulfurization (FGD) system. The electric generating capability
of equipment under multiple ownership is prorated based on
ownership unless the proportional entitlement to electric output
is otherwise established by contractual arrangement.
(18) “Available system capacity” means the capacity determined by
subtracting the system load and the system emergency reserves
from the net system capacity.
(19)”Spinning reserve” means the sum of the unutilized net
generating capability of all units of the electric utility
company that are synchronized to the power distribution system
and that are capable of immediately accepting additional load.
The electric generating capability of equipment under multiple
ownership is prorated based on ownership unless the proportional
entitlement to electric output is otherwise established by
contractual arrangement.
(20) “Available purchase power” means the lesser of the
following:
(a) The sum of available system capacity in all neighboring
companies;
(b) The sum of the rated capacities of the power
interconnection devices between the principal company and all
neighboring companies, minus the sum of the electric power load
on these interconnections; or
(C) The rated capacity of the power transmission lines between
the power interconnection devices and the electric generating
units (the unit is the principal company that has the
malfunctioning flue gas desulfurization (FGD) system and the unit
in the neighboring company supplying replacement electrical
power) minus the electric power load on these transmission lines.
(21) “Spare flue gas desulfurization (FGD) system module” means a
separate system of sulfur dioxide emission control equipment
capable of treating an amount of flue gas equal to the total
amount of the flue gas generated by an affected facility when
operated at maximum capacity divided by the total number of
nonspare flue gas desulfurization (FG) modules in the system.
(22) “Emergency condition” means that period of time when:
(a) The electric generation output of an affected facility with
a malfunctioning flue gas desulfurization (FGD) system cannot be
reduced or electrical output must be increased because:
425

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
1. All available system capacity in the principal company
interconnected with the affected facility is being operated; and
2. All available purchase power interconnected with the
affected facility is being obtained;
(b) The electric generation demand is being shifted as quickly
as possible from an affected facility with a malfunctioning flue
gas desulfurization (FGD) system to one (1) or more electrical
generating units held in reserve by the principal company or by
a neighboring company; or
(C) An affected facility with a malfunctioning flue gas
desulfurization (FGD) system becomes the only available unit to
maintain a part or all of the principal company’s system
emergency reserves and the unit is operated in spinning reserve
at the lowest practical electric generation load consistent with
not causing significant physical damage to the unit. If the unit
is operated at a higher load to meet load demand, an emergency
condition would not exist unless the conditions under paragraph
(a) of this subsection apply.
(23) “Electric utility combined cycle gas turbine” means any
combined cycle gas turbine used for electric generation that is
constructed for the purpose of supplying more than one-third
(1/3) of its potential electric output capacity and more than
twenty-five (25) megawatts (MW) electrical output to any utility
power distribution system for sale. Any steam distribution
system that is constructed for the purpose of providing steam to
a steam electric generator that would produce electrical power
for sale is also considered in determining the electrical energy
output capacity of the affected facility.
(24) “Potential electrical output capacity” means thirty-three
(33) percent of the maximum design heat input capacity of the
steam generating unit (e.g., a steam generating unit with a 100
MW or 340 MM BTU/hr fossil-fuel heat input capacity would have a
thirty-three (33) MW potential electrical output capacity). For
electric utility combined cycle gas turbines the potential
electrical output capacity is determined on the basis of the
fossil-fuel firing capacity of the steam generator exclusive of
the heat input and electrical power contribution by the gas
turbine.
(25) “Anthracite” means coal that is classified as anthracite
according to ASTM D 388-66.
(26) “Solid—derived fuel” means any solid, liquid or gaseous fuel
derived from solid fuel for the purpose of creating useful heat
and includes, but is not limited to, solvent refined coal,
liquefied coal and gasified coal.
(27) “Twenty-four (24) hour period” means a facility that
combusts more than seventy-five (75) percent non-fossil fuel on a
quarterly (calendar) heat input basis.
(28) “Resource recovery unit” means a facility that combusts more
than seventy-five (75) percent non-fossil fuel on a quarterly
426

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(calendar) heat input basis.
(29) “Boiler operating day” means a twenty-four (24) hour period
during which fossil fuel is combusted in a steam generating heat
for the entire twenty-four (24) hours.
(30) “NW” means megawatts.
(31) “FGD” means fuel gas desulfurization.
SECTION 3. Standard for Particulate Matter.
(1) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by 401 KAR 50:045 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall cause
to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility
any gases which contain particulate matter in excess of:
(a) 0.03 lb/MN BTU heat input derived from the combustion of
solid, liquid or gaseous fuel;
(b) One (1) percent of the potential combustion concentration
(ninety-nine (99) percent reduction) when combusting solid fuel;
and
(C) Thirty (30) percent of potential combustion concentration
(seventy (70) percent reduction) when combusting liquid fuel.
(2) On and after the date the particulate matter performance test
required to be conducted by 401 KAR 50:045 is completed, no owner
or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
facility any gases with exhibit greater than twenty (20) percent
opacity (six (6) minute average), except for one (1) six (6)
minute period per hour of not more than twenty-seven (27) percent
opacity.
SECTION 4. Standard for Sulfur Dioxide.
(1) On and after the date on which the initial performance test
required to be conducted by 401 KAR 50:045 is completed, no owner
or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
facility which combusts solid fuel or solid-derived fuel, except
as provided in subsections (3),(4),(5) or (7) of this section,
any gases which contain sulfur dioxide in excess of:
(a) 1.20 lb/MN BTU heat input and ten (10) percent of the
potential combustion concentration (ninety(90) percent
reduction); or
(b) Thirty (30) percent of the potential combustion
concentration (seventy(70) percent reduction), when emissions are
less than 0.60 lb/MN BTU heat input.
(2) On and after the date on which the initial performance test
required to be conducted by 401 KAR 50:045 is completed, no owner
or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
facility which coinbusts liquid or gaseous fuels (except for
427

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 ‘ t LOSIP.4TH”
liquid or gaseous fuels derived from solid fuels and as provided
under subsection (7) of this section), any gases which contain
sulfur dioxide in excess of:
(a) 0.80 lb/MM BTU heat input and ten (10) percent of the
potential combustion concentration (ninety(90) percent
reduction); or
(b) 100 percent of the potential combustion concentration (zero
percent reduction) when emissions are less than 0.20 lb/MN BTU
heat input.
(3) On and after the date on which the initial performance test
required to be conducted by 401 KAR 50:045 is completed, no owner
or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
facility which combusts solid solvent refined coal (SRC—1) any
gases which contain sulfur dioxide in excess of 1.20 lb/MM BTU
heat input and fifteen (15) percent of the potential combustion
concentration (eighty-five (85) percent reduction) except as
provided by subsection (5) of this section. Compliance with the
emission limitation is determined on a thirty (30) day rolling
average basis and compliance with the percent reduction
requirement is determined on a twenty-four (24) hour basis.
(4) Sulfur dioxide emissions are limited to 1.20 lb/MN BTU heat
input from any affected facility which combusts 100 percent
anthracite or is classified as a resource recovery facility.
(5) The emission reduction requirements under this section do not
apply to any affected facility that is operated under an 502
commercial demonstration permit issued by the U.S. EPA.
(6) Compliance with the emission limitation and percent reduction
requirements under this section are both determined on a thirty
(30) day rolling average basis except as provided under
subsection (3) of this section.
(7) When different fuels are combusted simultaneously, the
applicable standard is determined by proration using the
appropriate formula given in Appendix A to this regulation.
SECTION 5. Standard for Nitrogen Oxides.
(1) On and after the date on which the initial performance test
required to be conducted by 401 KAR 50:045 is completed, no owner
or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
facility, except as provided under subsection (3) of this
section, any gases which contain nitrogen oxides in excess of
the following emissions limits, based on a thirty(30) day rolling
average.
(a) For coal-derived gaseous fuels: 0.5 lb/MM BTU heat input;
for all other gaseous fuels: 0.2 lb/MM BTU heat input.
(b) For coal-derived liquid fuels: 0.5 lb/MM BTU heat input;
for shale oil: 0.5 lb/MN BTU heat input; for all other liquid
fuels: 0.3 lb/MN BTU heat input.
428

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(C) For coal-derived solid fuels and for subbituminous coal:
0.5 lb/MM BTU heat input; for lignite not subject to the 0.8
lb/MN BTU heat input emission limit, for bituminous coal, for
anthracite coal and for all other solid fuels: 0.6 lb/MN BTU heat
input. Any fuel containing more than twenty-five (25) percent by
weight coal refuse is exempt from NO standards and from NO
monitoring requirements.
(d) For any fuel containing more than twenty-five (25) percent
by weight lignite, if the lignite is mined in North Dakota, South
Dakota or Montana, and is conibusted in a slag tap furnace: 0.8
lb/MN BTU heat input.
(2) The NO reduction requirements are as follows:
(a) For gaseous fuels: twenty-five (25) percent reduction of
potential combust ion concentration.
(b) For liquid fuels: thirty (30) percent reduction of
potential combustion concentration.
(C) For solid fuels: sixty-five (65) percent reduction of
potential combustion concentration.
(3) The emission limitations under subsection (1) of this
section do not apply to any affected facility which is combusting
coal-derived liquid fuel and is operating under a commercial
demonstration permit issued by the U.S. EPA.
(4) When two (2) or more fuels are combusted simultaneously, the
applicable standard is determined by proration using the formula
in Appendix B of this regulation.
SECTION 6. Compliance Provisions.
(1) Compliance with the particulate matter emission limitation
under Section (3) (1) (a) constitutes compliance with the percent
reduction requirements for particulate matter under Section
3(l)(b) and (c).
(2) Compliance with the nitrogen oxides emission limitation under
Section 5(1) constitutes compliance with the present reduction
requirements under Section 5(2).
(3) The particulate matter emission standards under Section 3 and
the nitrogen oxides emission standards under Section 5 apply at
all times except during periods of startup, shutdown, or
malfunction. The sulfur dioxide emission standards under Section
4 apply at all times except during periods of startup, shutdown,
or when both emergency conditions exist and the procedures under
subsection (4) of this section are implemented.
(4) During emergency conditions in the principal company, an
affected facility with a malfunctioning FGD system may be
operated if sulfur dioxide emissions are minimized by:
(a) Operating all operable FGD system modules, and bringing
back into operation any malfunctioned module as soon as repairs
are completed;
(b) Bypassing flue gases around only those FGD system modules
429

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
that have been taken out of operation because they were incapable
of any sulfur dioxide emission reductions or which would have
suffered significant physical damage if they had remained in
operation; and
(C) Designing, constructing, and operating a spare FGD system
module for an affected facility larger than 365 MW (1,250 MN
BTU/hr) heat input (approximately 125 MW electrical output
capacity). The department may require the owner or operator
within sixty (60) days of notification to demonstrate spare
module capacity. To demonstrate this capability, the owner or
operator must demonstrate compliance with the appropriate
requirements of Sections 4 (1),(2) and (4), for any period of
operation lasting from twenty-four (24) hours to thirty (30)
days when:
1. Any one (1) FGD module is not operated;
2. The affected facility is operating at the maximum heat
input rate;
3. The fuel fired during the twenty-four (24) hour to
thirty (30) day period is representative of the type and average
sulfur content of fuel used over the typical thirty (30) day
period; and
4. The owner or operator has given the department at least
thirty (30) days notice of the date and period of time over which
the demonstration will be performed.
(5) After the initial performance test required by 401 KAR
50:045, compliance with the sulfur dioxide emission limitations
and percentage reduction requirements under Section 4 and the
nitrogen oxides emission limitations under Section 5 is based on
the average emission rate for thirty (30) successive boiler
operating days. A separate performance test is completed at the
end of each boiler operating day after the initial performance
test, and a new thirty (30) day average emission rate for both
sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides and a new percent reduction
for sulfur dioxide are calculated to show compliance with the
standards.
(6) For the initial performance test required by 401 KAR 50:045
compliance with the sulfur dioxide emission ]imitations and
percent reduction requirements under Section 4 and the nitrogen
oxides emission limitation under Section 5 is based on the
average emission rates for sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, and
percent reduction for sulfur dioxide for the first thirty (30)
successive boiler operating days. The initial performance test
is the only test in which at least thirty (30) days prior notice
is required unless otherwise specified by the department. The
initial performance test is to be scheduled so that the first
boiler operating day of the thirty (30) successive boiler
operating days is completed within sixty (60) days after
achieving the maximum production rate at which the affected
facility will be operated, but not later than 180 days after
initial startup of the facility.
(7) Compliance is determined by calculating the arithmetic
average of all hourly emission rates for SO 2 and NOx for the
430

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
thirty (30) successive boiler operating days, except for data
obtained during startup, shutdown,malfunction (NOx only), or
emergency conditions (SO 2 only). Compliance with the percentage
reduction requirement for SO 2 is determined based on the average
inlet and average outlet SO 2 emission rates for the thirty (30)
successive boiler operating days.
(8) If an owner or operator has not obtained the minimum quantity
of emission data as required under Section 7, compliance of the
affected facility with the emission requirements under Sections 4
and 5 for the day on which the thirty (30) day period ends may be
determined by the department by following the applicable
procedures in sections 6.0 and 7.0 of Reference Method 19, filed
by reference in 401 KAR 50:015.
SECTION 7. Emission monitoring.
(1) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system,
and record the output of the system for measuring the opacity of
emissions discharged to the atmosphere, except where gaseous fuel
is the only fuel combusted. If opacity interference due to water
droplets exists in the stack (for example, from the use of a FGD
system), the opacity is monitored upstream of the interference
(at the inlet to the FGD system). If opacity interference is
experienced at all locations (both at the inlet and outlet of the
sulfur dioxide control system), alternate parameters indicative
of the particulate matter control system’s performance shall be
monitored, subject to the approval of the department.
(2) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system,
and record the output of the system for measuring sulfur dioxide
emissions, except where natural gas is the only fuel combusted as
follows:
(a) Sulfur dioxide emissions are monitored at both the inlet
and outlet of the sulfur dioxide control device.
(b) For a facility which qualifies under the provisions of
Section 4(4), sulfur dioxide emissions are only monitored as
discharged to the atmosphere.
(C) An “as fired” fuel monitoring system (upstream of coal
pulverizers) meeting the requirements of Reference Method 19 may
be used to determine potential sulfur dioxide emissions in place
of a continuous sulfur dioxide emission monitor at the inlet to
the sulfur dioxide control device as required under paragraph (a)
of this subsection.
(3) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system,
and record the output of the system for measuring nitrogen oxide
emissions discharged into the atmosphere.
(4) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system,
and record the output of the system for measuring the oxygen or
431

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
carbon dioxide content of the flue gases at each location where
sulfur dioxide or nitrogen oxides emissions are monitored.
(5) The continuous monitoring systems under subsections (2) to
(4) of this section shall be operated and data shall be recorded
during all periods of operation of the affected facility
including periods of startup, shutdown, malfunction or emergency
conditions, except for continuous monitoring system breakdowns,
repairs, calibration checks, and zero and span adjustments.
(6) When emission data are not obtained because of continuous
monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks and
zero span adjustments, emission data will be obtained by using
other monitoring systems as approved by the department or the
reference methods as described in subsection (8) of this section
to provide emission data for a minimum of eighteen (18) hours in
at least twenty-two (22) out of thirty (30) successive boiler
operating days.
(7) The one (1) hour averages required by 401 KAR 59:005, Section
4 are expressed in lbs/MM BTU heat input and are used to
calculate the average emission rates under Section 6. The one
(1) hour averages are calculated using the data points required
by 40]. KAR 59:005, Section 4. At least two (2) data points must
be used to calculate the one (1) hour averages.
(8) Reference methods filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015 used
to supplement continuous monitoring system data to meet the
minimum data requirements in subsection (6) of this section will
be used as specified below or otherwise approved by the
department.
(a) Reference Methods 3, 6, and 7 shall be used as applicable.
The sampling location is the same as that used for the continuous
monitoring system.
(b) For Method 6 the minimum sampling time is twenty (20)
minutes and the minimum sampling volume is 0.02 dscin (0.71 dscf)
for each sample. Samples are taken at approximately sixty (60)
minute intervals. Each sample represents a one (1) hour average.
(c) For Method 7, samples are taken at approximately thirty
(30) minute intervals. The arithmetic average of these two (2)
consecutive samples represent a one (1) hour average.
(d) For Method 3, the oxygen or carbon dioxide sample is to be
taken for each hour when continuous SO 2 and NO data are taken or
when Methods 6 and 7 are required. Each sample shall be taken
for a minimum of thirty (30) minutes in each hour using the
integrated bag method specified in Method 3. Each sample
represents a one (1) hour average.
(e) For each one (1) hour average, the emissions expressed in
lb/MM BTU heat input are determined and used as needed to achieve
the minimum data requirements of subsections (6) of this section.
(9) The following procedures are used to conduct monitoring
system performance evaluations and calibrations checks required
by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 4.
(a) Reference Method 6 or 7, as applicable, is used for
432

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 I LOSIP.4THt
conducting performance evaluations of sulfur dioxide and nitrogen
oxides continuous monitoring systems.
(b) Sulfur dioxide or nitrogen oxides, as applicable, is used
for preparing calibration gas mixtures under Performance
Specification 2 of Appendix B to 40 CFR 60.
(c) For affected facilities burning only fossil fuel, the span
value for a continuous monitoring system for measuring opacity is
between sixty (60) and eighty (80) percent and for a continuous
monitoring system measuring nitrogen oxides is determined using
the formula given in Appendix C of this regulation.
(d) All span values computed under subsection (2) (C) of this
section for burning combinations of fossil fuels are rounded to
the nearest 500 ppm.
(e) For affected facilities burning fossil fuel, alone or in
combination with non-fossil fuel, the span value of the sulfur
dioxide continuous monitoring system at the inlet to the sulfur
dioxide control device is 125 percent of the maximum estimated
hourly potential emissions of the fuel fired, and the outlet of
the sulfur dioxide control device is fifty (50) percent of
maximum estimated hourly potential emissions of the fuel fired.
SECTION 8. Compliance Determination Procedures and Methods.
(1) The following procedures and reference methods are used to
determine compliance with the standards for particulate matter
under Section 3.
(a) Method 3 is used for gas analysis when applying Method 5 or
Method 17.
(b) Method 5 is used for determining particulate matter
emissions and associated moisture content. Method 17 may be used
for stack gas temperatures less than 160 °C (320 °F). Method 9
shall be used for visible emissions.
(C) For Methods 5 or 17, Method 1 is used to select the
sampling site and the number of traverse sampling points. The
sampling time for each run is at least 120 minutes and the
minimum sampling volume is 1.7 dscm (sixty (60) dscf) except that
smaller sampling times or volumes, when necessitated by process
variables or other factors, may be approved by the department.
(d) For Method 5, the probe and filter holder heating system in
the sampling train is set to provide a gas temperature no greater
than 160 0 C (320 °F).
(e) For determination of particulate emissions, the oxygen or
carbon dioxide sample is obtained simultaneously with each run of
Methods 5 or 17 by traversing the duct at the same sampling
location. Method 1 is used for selection of the number of
traverse points except that no more than twelve (12) sample
points are required.
(f) For each run using Methods 5 or 17, the emission rate
expressed in ng/J heat input is determined using the oxygen or
carbon dioxide measurements and particulate matter measurements
obtained under this section, the dry basis F c factor and the dry
basis emission rate calculation procedure contained in Method 19.
(g) Prior to the department’s issuance of a particulate matter
reference method that does not experience sulfuric acid mist
interference problems, particulate matter emissions may be
433

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
sampled prior to a wet FGD system.
(2) The following procedures and methods are used to determine
compliance with the sulfur dioxide standards under Section 4.
(a) Determine the percent of potential combustion concentration
(percent PCC) emitted to the atmosphere as follows:
1. Fuel pretreatment (% R f): Determine the percent
reduction achieved by any fuel pretreatment using the procedures
in Method 19. Calculate the average percent reduction for fuel
pretreatment on a quarterly basis using fuel analysis data. The
determination of %R f to calculate the percent of potential
combustion concentration emitted to the atmosphere is optional
For purposes of determining compliance with any percent reduction
requirements under Section 4, any reduction in potential So 2
emissions resulting from the following processes may be credited:
fuel pretreatment (physical coal cleaning, hydrodesulfurization
of fuel oil, etc.), coal pulverization, and bottom and flyash
interactions.
2. Sulfur dioxide control system (% R). Determine the
percent sulfur dioxide reduction achieved by any sulfur dioxide
control system using emission rates measured before and after the
control system following the procedures in Method 19; or, a
combination of an “as fired” fuel monitor and emission rates
measured after the control system following the procedures in
Method 19. When an “as fired” fuel monitor is used, the percent
reduction is calculated using the average emission rate from the
sulfur dioxide control device and the average 50 2 input rate
from the “as fired” fuel analysis for thirty (30) successive
boiler operating days.
3. Overall percent reduction (% R f): Determine the overall
percentage reduction using the results obtained in subparagraph
1. and 2. of this paragraph following the procedures in Method
19. Results are calculated for each thirty (30) day period using
the quarterly average percent sulfur reduction determined for
fuel pretreatment from the previous quarter and the sulfur
dioxide reduction achieved by a sulfur dioxide control system for
each thirty (30) day period in the current quarter.
4. Percent emitted (% PCC): Calculate the percent of
potential combustion concentration emitted to the atmosphere
using the following equation: Percent PCC = 100 - Percent R o.
(b) Determine the sulfur dioxide emission rates following the
procedures in Method 19.
(3) The procedures and methods outlined in Method 19 are used in
conjunction with the thirty (30) day nitrogen oxides emission
data collected under Section 7 to determine the compliance with
the applicable nitrogen oxides standard under Section 5.
(4) Electric utility combined cycle gas turbines shall be
performance tested for particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, and
nitrogen oxides using the procedures of Method 19. The sulfur
dioxide and nitrogen oxides emission rates from the gas turbine
used in Method 19 calculations are determined when the gas
turbine is performance is tested under 401 KAR 59:018. The
potential uncontrolled particulate matter emission rate from a
434

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
gas turbine is defined as 0.04 lb/MM BTU heat input.
SECTION 9. Reporting Requirements.
(1) For sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, and particulate matter
emissions, the performance test data from the initial performance
test and from the performance evaluation of the continuous
monitors, including the transmissoineter, are submitted to the
department.
(2) For sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides the following
information shall be reported to the department for each twenty-
four (24) hour period.
(a) Calendar date.
(b) The average sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide emission
rates, (lb/MM BTU) for each thirty (30) successive boiler
operating days, ending with the last thirty (30) day period in
the quarter; reasons for non-compliance with the emission
standards; and description of corrective actions taken.
(C) Percent reduction of the potential combustion concentration
of sulfur dioxide for each thirty (30) successive boiler
operating days, ending with the last thirty (30) day period in
the quarter; reasons for non-compliance with the standard; and
description of corrective actions taken.
(d) Identification of the boiler operating days for which
pollutant or diluent data have not been obtained by an approved
method for at least eighteen (18) hours of operation of the
facility; justification for not obtaining sufficient data; and
description of corrective action taken.
(e) Identification of the times when emissions data have been
excluded from the calculation of average emission rates because
of startup, shutdown, malfunction (NO x only), emergency
conditions (SO 2 only), or other reasons, and justification for
excluding data for reasons other than startup, shutdown,
malfunction, or emergency conditions.
(f) Identification of “F” factor used for calculations, method
of determination, and type of fuel combusted.
(g) Identification of times when hourly averages have been
obtained based on manual sampling methods.
(h) Identification of the times when the pollutant
concentration exceeded full span of the continuous monitoring
system.
(i) Description of any modifications to the continuous
monitoring system which could affect the ability of the
continuous monitoring system to comply with Performance
Specifications 2 or 3.
(3) If the minimum quantity of emission data as required by
Section 7 is not obtained for any thirty (30) successive boiler
operating days, the following information obtained under the
requirements of Section 6(8) is reported to the department for
that thirty (30) day period:
(a) The number of hourly averages available for outlet emission
rates and inlet emission rates as applicable.
(b) The standard deviation of hourly averages for outlet
435

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
emission rates and inlet emission rates as applicable.
(C) The lower confidence limit for the mean outlet emission
rate and the upper confidence limit for the mean inlet emission
rate as applicable.
(d) The applicable potential combustion concentration.
(e) The ratio of the upper confidence limit for the mean outlet
emission rate and the allowable emission rate as applicable.
(4) If any standards under Section 4 are exceeded during
emergency conditions because of control system malfunction, the -
owner or operator of the affected facility shall submit a signed
statement:
(a) Indicating that emergency conditions existed and
requirements under Section 6(4) were met during each period, and
(b) Listing the following information:
1. Time periods the emergency condition existed;
2. Electrical output and demand on the owner or operator’s
electric utility system and the affected facility;
3. Amount of power purchased from interconnected neighboring
utility companies during the emergency period;
4. Percent reduction in emissions achieved;
5. Atmospheric emission rate (lb/MM BTU) of the pollutant
discharged; and
6. Actions taken to correct control system malfunction.
(5) If fuel pretreatment credit toward the sulfur dioxide
emission standard under Section 4 is claimed, the owner or
operator of the affected facility shall submit a signed
statement:
(a) Indicating what percentage cleaning credit was taken for
the calendar quarter, and whether the credit was determined in
accordance with the provisions of Section 8 and Method 19; and
(b) Listing the quantity, heat content, and date each
pretreated fuel shipment was received during the previous
quarter, the name and location of the fuel pretreatment facility,
and the total quantity and total heat content of all fuels
received at the affected facility during the previous quarter.
(6) For any periods of which opacity, sulfur dioxide or nitrogen
oxides emissions data are not available, the owner or operator of
the affected facility shall submit a signed statement indicating
if any changes were made in operation of the emission control
system during the period of data unavailability. Operations of
the control system and affected facility during periods of data
unavailability are to be compared with operation of the control
system and affected facility before and following the period of
data unavailability.
(7) The owner or operator of the affected facility shall submit a
signed statement indicating whether:
(a) The required continuous monitoring system calibration,
span, and drift checks or other periodic audits have or have not
been performed as specified.
(b) The data used to show compliance were or were not obtained
in accordance with approved methods and procedures of this part
436

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
and are representative of plant performance.
(C) The minimum data requirements have or have not been met;
or, the minimum data requirements have not been met for errors
that were unavoidable.
(d) Compliance with the standards has or has not been achieved
during the reporting period.
(8) For the purposes of the reports required under 401 KAR
59:005, Section 4, periods of excess emissions are defined as all
six (6) minute periods during which the average opacity exceeds
the applicable opacity standards under Section 3(2). Opacity
levels in excess of the applicable opacity standard and the date
of such excesses are to be submitted to the department each
calendar quarter.
(9) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall submit
the written reports required under this section and 401 KAR
59:005 to the department for every calendar quarter. All
quarterly reports shall be postmarked by the thirtieth (30th) day
following the end of each calendar quarter.
Effective date: January 7, 1981
[ NOTE: AUTHORITY DELEGATED MARCH 26, 1981 SEE 46FR47487 ON
SEPTEMBER 28, 1981]
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
437

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
APPENDIX A
Determination of Allowable Sulfur Dioxide
If emissions of sulfur dioxide to the atmosphere are greater
than 0.60 lb/MN BTU heat input:
E
S0 2 = (0.80x + 1.2 y)/100
and
P
SO 2 = 10 percent
If emissions of sulfur dioxide to the atmosphere are less
than or equal to 0.60 lb/MN BTU heat input:
E
SO 2 = (.80 x + 1.2y)/100
and
P
SO 2 = (90 x + 70y)/100
Where:
E
SO 2 is the prorated sulfur dioxide emission limit lb/MN
BTU heat input;
P
SO 2 is the percentage of potential sulfur dioxide
emission allowed (percent reduction required =
100 — P
SO 2 ;
x is the percentage of total heat input derived from
the combustion of liquid or gaseous fuels (excluding
solid—derived fuels);
y is the percentage of total heat input derived from
the combustion of solid fuel (including solid-
derived fuels)
438

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
APPENDIX B
Determination of Allowable Nitrogen Oxides Emissions
E
NO 2 = (.20 w + .30 x + .50y + .60z)/100
Where:
E
NO 2 is the applicable standard for nitrogen oxides when
multiple fuels are coinbusted simultaneously (lb/MN BTU
heat input);
w is the percentage of total heat input derived from the
combustion of fuels subject to .20 lb/MN BTU heat input
standard;
x is the percentage of total heat input derived from the
combustion of fuels subject to the .30 lb/MN BTU heat
input standard;
y is the percentage of total heat input derived from the
combustion of fuels subject to the .50 lb/MM BTU heat
input standard; and
z is the percentage of total heat input derived from the
combustion of fuels subject to the .60 lb/MM BTU heat
input standard.
439

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
APPENDIX C
Determination of Span Value for Nitrogen Oxides
(in parts per million)
Span Value for
Fossil Fuel Nitrogen Oxides
Gas 500
Liquid 500
Solid 1,000
Combination 500 (x+y)+l, 0002
Where:
x = the fraction of total heat input derived from gaseous
fossil fuel;
y = the fraction of total heat input derived from liquid
fossil fuel; and
z = the fraction of total heat input derived from solid
fossil fuel.
440

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.64 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW AMNONIUN SULFATE
MANUFACTURING UNITS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after February 4, 1980.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
(1) “Affected facility” means each ammoniuin sulfate dryer within
an aminonium sulfate manufacturing plant in the caprolactain by-
product, synthetic, and coke oven by-product sectors of the
ammonium sulfate industry commenced on or after the
classification date defined below.
(2) “Anunonium sulfate dryer” means a unit or vessel into which
ammonium sulfate is charged for the purpose of reducing the
moisture content of the product using a heated gas stream. The
unit includes foundations, superstructure, material charger
systems, exhaust systems, and integral control systems and
instrumentation.
(3) “Ammonium sulfate feed material streams” means the sulfuric
acid feed stream, to the reactor/crystallizer for synthetic and
coke oven by-product ammonium sulfate manufacturing plants; and
means the total or combined feed streams (the oximation ainmonium
sulfate steam and the rearrangement reaction ammonium sulfate
steam) to the crystallizer stage, prior to any recycle steams.
(4) “Aminonium sulfate manufacturing plant” means any plant which
produces ammonium sulfate.
(5) “Caprolactani by-product ammonium sulfate manufacturing plant”
means any plant which produces ammonium sulfate as a by-product
from process streams generated during caprolactam manufacture.
(6) “Classification date” means February 4, 1980.
(7) “Coke oven by-product ammonium sulfate manufacturing plant”
means any plant which produces aminonium sulfate by reacting
sulfuric acid with ammonia recovered as a by-product from the
manufacture of coke.
(8) “Synthetic ammonium sulfate manufacturing plant” means any
plant which produces ammonium sulfate by direct combination of
ammonia and sulfuric acid.
SECTION 3. Standard for Particulate Matter. On or after the
date on which the performance test required to be conducted by
401 KAR 59:005 is completed, no owner or operator of an ammoniuni
sulfate dryer subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere, from any ainmonium
sulfate dryer, particulate matter at an emission rate exceeding
0.15 kg of particulate per megagram (Mg) of amn’toniuin sulfate
441

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
produced (0.30 lb of particulate per ton of ammonium sulfate
produced) and exhaust gases with greater than fifteen (15)
percent opacity.
SECTION 4. Monitoring of Operations.
(1) The owner or operator of any axniuoniuxn sulfate manufacturing
plant subject to the provisions of this regulation shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and operate flow monitoring devices which
can be used to determine the mass flow of ammoniuni sulfate feed
material steams to the process. The flow monitoring device shall
have an accuracy of plus or minus five (5) percent over its
range. However, if the plant uses weigh scales of the same
accuracy to directly measure production rate of ammoniuni sulfate,
the use of flow monitoring devices is not required.
(2) The owner or operator of any ammoniuni sulfate manufacturing
plant subject to the provisions of this regulation shall install
calibrate, maintain, and operate a monitoring device which
continuously measures and permanently records the total pressure
drop across the emission control system The monitoring device
shall have an accuracy of plus or minus five (5) percent over its
operating range.
SECTION 5. Test Methods and Procedures.
(1) Reference methods in Appendix A to 40 CFR 60 filed by
reference in 401 KAR 50:015, except as provided in 401 KAR
50:045, shall be used to determine compliance with Section 3 as
follows:
(a) Method 5 for the concentration of particulate matter;
(b) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;
(c) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate;
(d) Method 3 for gas analysis; and
(e) Method 9 for visible emissions.
(2) For Method 5, the sampling time for each run shall be at
least sixty (60) mm and volume shall be at least 1.5 dscin
(fifty—three (53) dscf).
(3) For each run, the particulate emission rate E, shall be
computed as follows:
E = sd X C /1000 (metric units)
E = sd x C English units)
where:
E = The particulate emission rate (kg/hr or lb/br):
sd = The average volumetric flow rate (dscm/hr or dscf/hr)
as determined by Method 2: and
C = The average concentration (g/dscm or lb/dscf) of
particulate matter as determined by Method 5.
(4) For each run, the rate of amnioniuin sulfate production, P
(Mg/hr or tons/hr), shall be determined by direct measurement
using product weigh scales or computed from a material balance.
If production rate is determined by material balance, the
442

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH tt
following equations shall be used.
(a) For synthetic and coke oven by-product ammonium sulfate
plants, the amnioniun sulfate production rate shall be determined
using the following equation:
P=AxBxCxZ
where:
P = Ainmonium sulfate production (Mg/hr or tons/hr)
A = Sulfuric acid flow rate to the reactor/crystallizer
(1/mm or gal/mm) averaged over the time period taken
to conduct the run:
B = Acid density (g/cc of lb/ft 3 ) (a function of acid
strength and temperature);
C = Percent acid strength in decimal form: and
Z = Physical constant (Metric units: use 0.0808: English
units: use 0.3016).
(b) For caprolactam by-product ammoniuin sulfate plants the
anunoniuin sulfate production rate shall be determined using the
following equation:
P=DxExFxZ
where:
P = Production rate of caprolactant by-product ammonium
sulfate (Mg/hr or tons/hr);
D = Total combined feed stream flow rate to the ammonium
sulfate crystallizer before the point where any
recycle streams enter the stream (1/mm or gal/mm)
averaged over the time period taken to conduct the
test run:
E = Density of the process stream solution (g/l or
lb/gal);
F = Percent mass of amnionium sulfate in the process
solution in decimal form; and
Z = Physical constan for conversion of time and mass
units: 6.0 x 10 for metric units, 0.03 for English
units.
(5) For each run, the dryer emission rate shall be computed as
follows:
R = E/P
where:
R = The dryer emission rate (kg/Mg or lb/ton);
E = The particulate emission rate (kg/hr or lb/hr) from
subsection (3) of this section; and
P = The rate of antmonium sulfate production (Mg/hr or
Adopted 4—20-82; effective 4—20—82.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
443

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.41 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR THE PHOSPHATE
FERTILIZER INDUSTRY: NEW WET-PROCESS PHOSPHORIC ACID PLANTS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new wet-process phosphoric acid plants
contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart T, as published in the Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July 1, 1983, is
hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart T, limits fluoride emissions from new wet-process
phosphoric acid plants which commence construction or
modification after October 22, 1974. Sources which have a design
capacity of less than or equal to 15 tons per calendar day of
equivalent phosphorus pentoxide feed are exempt from the
provisions of this regulation.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart” shall be read as “this
regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6—13—76; effective 6—13-76; amended 2-19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
1st Revision:
444

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.42. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR THE PHOSPHATE
FERTILIZER INDUSTRY: NEW SUPERPHOSPHORIC ACID PLANTS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulations fro new superphosphoric acid plants
contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart U, as published in the Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July 1, 1983, is
hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulations adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart U, limits fluoride emissions from new superphosphoric
acid plants which commence construction or modification after
October 22, 1974. Sources which have a design capacity of less
than or equal to 15 tons per calendar day of equivalent
phosphorus pentoxide feed are exempt from the provisions of this
regulation.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District” and “this subpart” shall be read as “this regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulation (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6-13—79; effective 6-13-79; amended 2—19-86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
445

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.43. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR THE PHOSPHATE
FERTILIZER INDUSTRY: NEW DIAMMONIUM PHOSPHATE PLANTS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new diammonium phosphate plants
contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart V, as published in the Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July 1, 1983, is
hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart V 1 limits fluoride emissions from new dianunonium
phosphate plants which commence construction or modification
after October 22, 1974. Sources which have a design capacity of
less than or equal to 15 tons per calendar day of equivalent
phosphorus pentoxide feed are exempt from the provisions of this
regulation.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District” and “this subpart” shall be read as “this regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6—13—79; effective 6—13—79; amended 2—19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
446

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.44 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR THE PHOSPHATE
FERTILIZER INDUSTRY: NEW TRIPLE SUPERPHOSPHATE PLANTS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new triple superphosphate plants
contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart W, as published in the Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July 1, 1983, is
hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart W, limits fluoride emissions from new triple
superphosphate plants which commence construction or modification
after October 22, 1974. Sources which have a design capacity of
less than or equal to 15 tons per calendar day of equivalent
phosphorus pentoxide feed are exempt from the provisions of this
regulation.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District” and “this subpart” shall be read as “this regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6-13—79; effective 6-13-79; amended 2-19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
447

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.45. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR THE PHOSPHATE
FERTILIZER INDUSTRY: NEW GRANULAR SUPERPHOSPHATE STORAGE
FACILITIES
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The affected facility to which the provisions of this regulation
apply is each granular triple superphosphate storage facility.
For the purpose of this regulation, the affected facility
includes any combination of storage or curing piles, conveyors,
elevators, screens and mills, commenced on or after the
classification date defined below.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Granular triple superphosphate storage facility” means any
facility curing or storage granular triple superphosphate.
(b) “Total fluorides” means elemental fluorine and all fluoride
compounds as measured by reference methods specified in section 5
of this regulation, or equivalent or alternative methods.
(c) “Classification date” means October 22, 1974.
(d) “Equivalent phosphorus pentoxide stored” means the quantity
of phosphorus, expressed as phosphorus pentoxide, being cured or
stored in the affected facility.
(e) “Fresh granular triple superphosphate” means granular triple
superphosphate produced no more than 10 days prior to the date of
the performance test.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR FLUORIDES
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by section 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed, rio
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmospI are from any
affected facility any gases which contain total fluorides in
excess of 0.25 g/hr/metric ton of equivalent phosphorus pentoxide
stored (.005 lb/hr/ton).
SECTION 4. MONITORING OF OPERATIONS
(a) The owner or operator of any granular triple superphosphate
storage facility subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall maintain an accurate account of triple superphosphate in
storage to permit the determination of the amount of equivalent
phosphorus pentoxide stored.
(b) The owner or operator of any granular triple superphosphate
storage facility shall maintain a daily record of total
equivalent phosphorus pentoxide stored by multiplying the
448

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
percentage of phosphorus pentoxide content, as determined by
Section 5(6)(b) times the total mass of granular triple
superphosphate stored.
(C) The owner or operator of any granular triple superphosphate
storage facility subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall install, calibrate, maintain and operate a monitoring
device which continuously measures and permanently records the
total pressure drop across the process scrubbing system. The
monitoring device shall have an accuracy of plus or minus five
(5) percent over its operating range.
SECTION 5. Test Methods and Procedures.
(a) The reference methods as defined in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60,
filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015, except as provided for in
401 KAR 50:045, shall be used to determine compliance with the
standard prescribed in Section 3 as follows:
(i) Reference Method 13A or 13B for the concentration of total
fluorides and the associated moisture content;
(ii) Reference Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;
(iii) Reference Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate;
and
(iv) Reference Method 3 for gas analysis.
(b) For Method 13A or 13B, the sampling time for each run shall
be at least sixty (60) minutes and the minimum sample volume
shall be at least 0.85 dscm (thirty (30) dscf) except that
shorter sampling times or smaller volumes, when necessitated by
process variables or other factors, may be approved by the
department.
(C) The air pollution control system for the affected facility
shall be constructed so that volumetric flow rates and total
fluoride emissions can be accurately determined by applicable
test methods and procedures.
(4) Except as provided under subsection (5) of this section, all
performance tests on granular triple superphosphate storage
facilities shall be conducted only when the following quantities
of product are being cured or stored in the facility:
(a) Total granular triple superphosphate at least ten (10)
percent of the amount of triple superphosphate in the building;
(b) Fresh granular triple superphosphate at least twenty (20)
percent of triple superphosphate in the building.
(5) IF the provisions set forth in subsection (4) (b) of this
section exceed production capabilities for fresh granular triple
superphosphate, the owner or operator shall have at least five
(5) days maximum production of fresh granular triple
superphosphate in the building during a performance test.
(6) Equivalent phosphorus pentoxide stored shall be determined
as follows:
(a) Determine the total mass stored during each run using an
accountability system meeting the requirements of Section 4(1).
449

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH ”
(b) Calculate the equivalent phosphorus pentoxide stored by
multiplying the percentage phosphorus pentoxide content, as
measured by the spectrophotoinetric molybdovanadophosphate method
(AOAC Method 9) times the total mass stored. AOAC Method 9 is
published in the “Official Methods of Analysis” of the
Association of Official Analytical Chemists, 11th edition, 1970,
pp.11-12, filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015. Other methods
may be approved by the department.
(7) For each run, emissions expressed in g/hr/inetric ton of
equivalent phosphorus pentoxide stored shall be determined using
the equation given in Appendix A of this regulation.
Effective Date: June 6, 1979
APPENDIX A
DETERMINATION OF EMISSIONS OF TOTAL FLUORIDES
E = QQ
M
Where:
E = Emissions of total fluorides in g/metric ton of
equivalent phosphorus pentoxide feed.
C = Concentration of total fluorides in mg/dscin as
determined by Reference Method 13A or 13B.
Q = Volumetric flow rate of the effluent gas stream in
dscin/hr as determined by Reference Method 2.
= Conversion factor for mg to g.
M = Equivalent phosphorus pentoxide feed in metric ton/hr
as determined by Section 5(4).
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
450

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.46 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW COAL PREPARATION
PLANTS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation are applicable to any of the
following affected facilities in coal preparation plants which
process more than 200 tons per day: thermal dryers, pneumatic
coal—cleaning equipment (air tables), coal processing and
conveying equipment (including brakers and crushers), coal
storage systems, and coal transfer and loading systems, commenced
on or after the classification date defined below.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Coal preparation plant” means any facility (excluding
underground mining operations) which prepares coal by one (1) or
more of the following processes: breaking, crushing, screening,
wet or dry cleaning, and thermal drying.
(2) “Classification date” means October 24, 1974.
(3) “Bituminous coal” means solid fossil fuel classified as
bituminous coal by ASTM-D—38—66(72), filed by reference in 401
KAR 50:015.
(4) “Coal” means all solid fossil fuels classified as anthracite,
bituminous, subbituininous, or lignite by ASTM-D-388-66(72).
(5) “Cyclonic flowtl means a spiraling movement of exhaust gases
within a duct or stack.
(6) “Thermal dryer” means any facility in which the moisture
content of bituminous coal is reduced by contact with a heated
gas stream which is exhausted to the atmosphere.
(7) “Pneumatic coal-cleaning equipment” means any facility which
classifies bituminous coal by size or separates bituminous coal
from refuse by application of air stream(s).
(8) “Coal processing and conveying equipment” means any machinery
used to reduce the size of coal or to separate coal from refuse,
and the equipment used to convey coal to or remove coal and
refuse from the machinery. This includes, but is not limited to,
breakers, crushers, screens, and conveyer belts.
(9) “Coal storage systems” means any facility used to store coal
including open storage piles.
(10) “Transfer and loading system” means any facility used to
transfer and load coal for shipment.
SECTION 3. Standards for Particulate Matter.
451

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(1) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2, is completed, an
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall not cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
thermal dryer, gases which:
(a) Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.070g/dscm (0.031
gr/dscf).
(b) Exhibit twenty (20) percent opacity or greater.
(2) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2, is completed, an
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall not cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
pneumatic coal cleaning equipment, gases which:
(a) Contain particulate matter in excess of 0.040 g/dscm
(0.018 gr/dscf).
(b) Exhibit ten (10) percent opacity or greater.
(3) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2, is completed, an
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall not cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
coal processing and/or conveying equipment, coal storage system,
or coal transfer and/or loading system processing coal gases
which exhibit twenty (20) percent opacity or greater.
SECTION 4. Monitoring of operations.
(1) The owner or operator of any thermal dryer shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and continuously operate monitoring devices
as follows:
(a) A monitoring device for the measurement of the temperature
of the gas stream at the exit of the thermal dryer on a
continuous basis. The monitoring device is to be certified by
the manufacturer to be accurate within plus or minus three (3) o
Fahrenheit.
(b) For affected facilities that use venturi scrubber emission
control equipment:
1. A monitoring device for the continuous measurement of the
pressure loss through the venturi construction of the control
equipment. The monitoring device is to be certified by the
manufacturer to be accurate within plus or minus one (1) inch
water gage.
2. A monitoring device for the continuous measurement of
the water supply pressure to the control equipment. The
monitoring device is to be certified by the manufacturer to be
accurate within plus or minus five (5) percent of design water
supply pressure. The pressure sensor or tap must be located
close to the water discharge point. The department may be
consulted for approval of alternative locations.
(2) All monitoring devices under subsection (1) of this section
are to be recalibrated annually in accordance with procedures
under 401 KAR 59:005, Section 4(2).
452

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH t ’
SECTION 5. Test Methods and Procedures.
(1) The reference methods as defined in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60,
filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015, except as provided in 401
KAR 50:045 and in Section 3, are to be used to determine
compliance with the standards prescribed in Section 3 as follows:
(a) Reference Method 5 for the concentration of particulate
matter and associated moisture content;
(b) Reference Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;
(c) Reference Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate;
(d) Reference Method 3 for gas analysis; and
(e) Reference Method 9 for visible emissions.
(2) For Reference Method 5, the sampling time for each run is at
least sixty (60) minutes and the minimum sample volume is 0.85
dscm (thirty (30) dscf) except that shorter sampling times or
smaller volumes, when necessitated by process variables or other
factors, may be approved by the department. Sampling is not to
be started until thirty (30)minutes after startup and is to be
terminated before shutdown procedures commence. The owner or
operator of the affected facility shall eliminate cyclonic flow
during performance tests in a manner acceptable to the
department.
(3) The owner or operator shall construct the facility so that
particulate emissions from thermal dryers or pneumatic coal-
cleaning equipment can be accurately determined by applicable
test methods and procedures under subsection (1) of this section.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
453

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.47. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW FERROALLOY
PRODUCTION FACILITIES
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation are applicable to the following
affected facilities commenced on or after the classification date
defined below; electric submerged arc furnaces which produce
silicon metal, ferrosilicon, calcium silicon, silicomanganese
zirconium, ferrochrome silicon, silvery iron, high-carbon
ferrochrome, charge chrome, standard ferromanganese, silico-
manganese, ferroinanganese silicon, or calcium carbide, and dust-
handling equipment.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Electric submerged arc furnace” means any furnace wherein
electrical energy is converted to heat energy by transmission of
current between electrodes partially submerged in the furnace
charge. -
(2) “Furnace charge” means any material introduced into the
electric submerged arc furnace and may consist of, but is not
limited to, ores, slag, carbonaceous material, and limestone.
(3) “Product change” means any change in the composition of the
furnace charge that would cause the electric submerged arc
furnace to become subject to a different mass standard applicable
under this regulation.
(4) “slag” means the more or less completely fused and vitrified
matter separated during the reduction of metal from its ore.
(5) “Tapping” means the removal of slag or product from the
electric submerged arc furnace under normal operating conditions
such as removal of metal under normal pressure and movement by
gravity down the spout into the ladle.
(6) “Tapping period” means the time duration from initiation of
the process of opening the tap hole until plugging of the tap
hole is complete.
(7) “Furnace cycle” means the time period from completion of a
furnace product tap to the completion of the next consecutive
product tap.
(8) “Tapping station” means that general area where molten
product or slag is removed from the electric submerged arc
furnace.
(9) “Blowing tap” means any tap in which an evolution of gas
forces or projects jets of flame or metal sparks beyond the
ladle, runner or collection hood.
454

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(lO)”Furnace power input” means the resistive electrical power
consumption of an electric submerged arc furnace as measured in
kilowatts.
(11) “Dust—handling equipment” means any equipment used to handle
particulate matter collected by the air pollution control device
(and located at or near such device) serving any electric
submerged arc furnace subject to this regulation.
(12) “Control device” means the air pollution control equipment
used to remove particulate matter generated by an electric
submerged arc furnace from an effluent gas stream.
(13) “Classification date” means October 21, 1974.
(14) “Capture system” means the equipment (including hoods,
ducts, fans, dampers, etc.) used to capture or transport
particulate matter generated by an affected electric submerged
arc furnace to the control device.
(15) “Standard ferromanganese” means that alloy as defined by
ASTM A-99-66(71). (ASTM designations are filed by reference in
401 KAR 50:015.)
(16) “Silicomanganese” means that alloy as defined by ASTM A—483-
64(74).
(17) “Calcium carbide” means material containing seventy (70) to
eighty-five (85) percent calcium carbide by weight.
(18) “High—carbon ferrochroine” means that alloy as defined by
ASTM A-101-73 grades HC1 through HC6.
(19) “Charge chrome” means that alloy containing fifty—two (52)
to seventy (70) percent by weight chromium, five (5) to eight (8)
percent by weight carbon, and three (3) to six (6) percent by
weight silicon.
(20) “Silvery iron” means any ferrosilicon, as defined by ASTM A—
100—69(74), which contains less than thirty (30) percent silicon.
(21) “Ferrochrome silicon” means that alloy as defined in ASTM A-
482—66(71)
(22) “Silicomanganese zirconium” means that alloy containing
sixty (60) to sixty-five(65) percent by weight silicon, 1.5 to
2.5 percent by weight calcium, five (5) to seven (7) percent by
weight manganese, and two (2) to three (3) percent by weight
barium.
(23) “Calcium silicon” means that alloy as defined by ASTM A-495-
64(70)
(24) “Ferrosilicon” means that alloy as defined by ASTM A-100-69
455

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “L OSIP.4TH”
grades A,B,C,D,and E which contains fifty (50) or more percent by
weight silicon.
(25) “Silicon metal” means any silicon alloy containing more than
ninety-six (96) percent silicon by weight.
(26) “Ferromanganese silicon” means that alloy containing sixty-
three (63) to sixty-six (66) percent by weight manganese, twenty-
eight (28) to thirty-two (32) percent by weight silicon, and a
maximum of 0.08 percent by weight carbon.
(27) “Concentrated discharged” means that the outlet from a
control device consists of either stacks (one(1) or more) or
openings on the device’s top or side which has (have) a total
area less than five (5) percent of the corresponding top or side
and which has (have) a length of not more than twice the width.
(28) “Disperse discharge” means that the outlet from control
device consists of opening(s) on the device’s top or side which
has (have) a total area exceeding five (5) percent of the
corresponding top or side or which have a length more than twice
the width. A control device may have both dispersed and
concentrated discharges
SECTION 3. Standard for Particulate Matter.
(1) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2, is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any
electric submerged arc furnace any gases which:
(a) Exit from a control device and contain particulate matter
in excess of:
1. 0.45 kg/M W-hr (0.99 lb/MW-hr) while silicon metal,
ferrosilicon, calcium silicon, or silicomanganese zirconium is
being produced.
2. 0.23 kg/N W-hr (0.51 lb/M W-hr) while high-carbon
ferrochrome, charge chrome, standard ferromanganese,
silicomanganese, calcium carbide, ferrochromq silicon,
ferromanganese silicon, or silvery iron is being produced.
(b) Exit from a control device and exhibit an opacity equal to
or greater than:
1. Three (3) percent where a control device located in or
impacting on a non-attainment area for particulates has dispersed
discharge.
2. Fifteen (15) percent for all other control devices.
(c) Exit from an electric submerged arc furnace and escape the
capture system and are visible without the aid of instruments.
The requirements under this paragraph apply only during periods
when flow rates are being established under Section 6(4).
(d) Escape the capture system at the tapping station and are
visible without the aid of all instruments for more than forty
(40) percent of each tapping period. There are no limitations on
visible emissions under this paragraph when a blowing tap occurs.
The requirements under this paragraph apply only during periods
456

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
when flow rates are being established under Section 6(4).
(2) on and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2, is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any dust-
handling equipment any gases which exhibit ten (10) percent
opacity or greater.
SECTION 4. Standard for Carbon Monoxide.
On and after the date on which the performance test required to
be conducted by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2, is completed, no owner
or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any electric
submerged arc furnace any gases which contain, on a dry basis,
twenty (20) or greater volume percent of carbon monoxide.
Combustion of such gases under conditions acceptable to the
department constitutes compliance with this section. Acceptable
conditions include, but are not limited to, flaring of gases or
use of gases as fuel or other processes.
SECTION 5. Emission Monitoring.
(1) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall install, calibrate, maintain and operate a
continuous monitoring system for measurement of the opacity of
emissions discharged into an atmosphere from the control
device(s) with a concentrated discharge.
(2) For the purpose of reports required under 40]. KAR 59:005,
Section 3, the owner or operator shall report as excess emissions
all six (6) minute periods in which the average opacity is
fifteen (15) percent or greater.
(3) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall submit a written report of any product change to
the department. Reports of product changes must be postmarked
not later than thirty (30) days after implementation of the
product change.
SECTION 6. Monitoring of Operations.
(1) The owner or operator of any electric submerged arc furnace
subject to the provisions of this regulation shall maintain daily
records of the following information:
(a) Product being produced;
(b) Description of constituents of furnace charge, including
the quantity, by weight;
(C) Time and duration of each tapping period and the
identification of material tapped (slag or product);
(d) All furnace power input data obtained under subsection (2)
of this section;
(e) All flow rate data obtained under subsection (3) of this
section or all fan motor power consumption and pressure drop data
obtained under subsection (5) of all this section.
457

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(2) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall install, calibrate, maintain and operate a
device to measure and continuously record the furnace power
input. The furnace power input may be measured at the output or
input side of the transformer. The device must have an accuracy
of plus or minus five (5) percent over its operating range.
(3) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall install, calibrate, and maintain a monitoring
device that continuously measures and records the volumetric flow
rate through each separately ducted hood of the capture system,
except as provided under subsection (5) of this section. The
owner or operator of an electric submerged arc furnace that is
equipped with a water cooled cover which is designed to contain
and prevent escape of the generated gas and particulate matter
shall monitor only the volumetric flow rate through the capture
system for control of emissions from the tapping station. The
owner or operator may install the monitoring device(s) in any
appropriate location in the exhaust duct such that reproducible
flow rate monitoring will result. The flow rate monitoring
device must have an accuracy of plus or minus ten (10) percent
over its normal operating range and must be calibrated to the
manufacturer’s instructions. The department may require the
owner or operator to demonstrate the accuracy of the monitoring
device relative to Reference Methods 1 and 2 of Appendix A to 40
CFR 60, filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015.
(4) When performance tests are conducted under the provisions of
401 KAR 59:005, Section 2, to demonstrate compliance with the
standards under Section 3(1)(c) and (d), volumetric flow rate
through each separately ducted hood of the capture system must be
determined using the monitoring device required under subsection
(3) of this section. The volumetric flow rates must be
determined for furnace power input levels at fifty (50) and 100
percent of the nominal rated capacity of the electric submerged
arc furnace. At all times the electric submerged arc furnace is
operated, the owner or operator shall maintain the volumetric
flow rate at or above the appropriate levels for that furnace
power input level determined during the most recent performance
test. If emissions were due to tapping are captured and ducted
separately from emissions of the electric submerged arc furnace,
during each tapping period the owner or operator shall maintain
the exhaust flow rates through the capture system over the
tapping station at or above the levels established during the
most recent performance test. Operation at lower flow rates may
be considered by the department to be unacceptable operation and
maintenance of the affected facility. The owner or operator may
request that these flow rates be re-established by conducting new
performance tests under 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2.
(5) The owner or operator may as an alternative to subsection
(3) of this section determine the volumetric flow rate through
each fan of the capture system from the fan power consumption,
pressure drop across the fan and the fan performance curve. Only
458

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
data specific to the operation of the affected electric submerged
arc furnace are acceptable for demonstration of compliance with
the requirements of this section. The owner or operator shall
maintain on file a permanent record of the fan performance curve
(prepared for a specific temperature) and shall:
(a) Install, calibrate, maintain, and operate a device to
continuously measure and record the power consumption of the fan
motor (measured in kilowatts); and
(b) Maintain and operate a device to continuously measure and
record the pressure drop across the fan. The fan power
consumption and pressure drop measurements must be synchronized
to allow real time comparisons of the data. The monitoring
devices must have an accuracy of plus or minus five (5) percent
over their normal operating ranges.
(6) The volumetric flow rate through each fan of the capture
system must be determined from the fan power consumption, fan
pressure drop, and fan performance curve specified under
subsection (5) of this section, during any performance test
standards under Section 3(l)(c) and (d). The owner or operator
shall determine the volumetric flow rate at a representative
temperature for furnace power input levels of fifty (50) and 100
percent of the nominal rated capacity of the electric submerged
arc furnace. At all times the electric submerged arc furnace is
operated, the owner or operator shall maintain the fan power
consumption and fan pressure drop at levels such that the
volumetric flow rate is at or above the levels established
during the most established during the most recent performance
test. Operation at lower flow rates may be considered by the
department to be unacceptable operation and maintenance of the
affected facility. The owner or operator may request that these
flow rates be re—established by conducting new performance tests
under 401 KAR 59:005, Section 2. The department may require the
owner or operator to verity the fan performance curve by
monitoring necessary fan operating parameters and determining
the gas volume moved relative to Methods 1 and 2 of Appendix A to
40 CFR 60.
(7) All monitoring devices required under subsections (3) and
(5) of this section are to be checked for calibration annually in
accordance with the procedures under 401 KAR 59:005, Section
4(2).
SECTION 7. Test Methods and Procedures.
(1) The reference methods as defined in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60,
except as provided in 401 KAR 50:045, shall be used to determine
compliance with the standards prescribed in Sections 3 and 4 as
follows:
(a) Reference Method 5 for the concentration of particulate
matter and the associated moisture content except that the
heating systems specified in paragraphs 2.1.2 and 2.1.4 of
Reference Method 5 are not to be used when the carbon monoxide
content of the gas stream exceeds ten (10) percent by volume, dry
basis;
(b) Reference Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;
459

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(C) Reference Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate;
(d) Reference Method 3 for gas analysis, including carbon
monoxide; and
(e) Reference Method 9 for opacity determination.
(2) For Reference Method 5, the sampling time for each run is to
include an integral number of furnace cycles. The sampling time
for each run must be at least sixty (60) minutes and the minimum
sample volume must be 1.8 dscm (sixty-four (64) dscf) when
sampling emissions from open electric submerged arc furnaces with
wet scrubber control devices, sealed electric submerged arc
furnaces. When sampling emissions from other types of
installations, the sampling time for each run must be at least
200 minutes and the minimum sample volume must be 5.7 dscm (200
dscf). Shorter sampling times or smaller sampling volumes, when
necessitated by process variables or other factors, may be
approved by the department.
(3) During the performance test, the owner or operator shall
record the maximum open hood area (in hoods with segmented or
otherwise movable sides) under which the process is expected to
be operated and remain in compliance with all standards. Any
future operation of the hooding system with open areas in excess
of the maximum is not permitted.
(4) The owner or operator shall construct the control device so
that volumetric flow rates and particulate matter emissions can
be accurately determined by applicable test methods and
procedures.
(5) During any performance test required under 401 KAR 59:005,
Section 2, the owner or operator shall not allow gaseous diluents
to be added to the effluent gas stream after the fabric in an
open pressurized fabric filter collector unless the total gas
volume flow from the collector is accurately determined and
considered in the determination of emissions.
(6) When compliance with Section 4 is to be attained by
combusting the gas stream in a flare, the location of the
sampling site for particulate matter is to be upstream of the
flare.
(7) For each run, particulate matter emissions, expressed in
k/hr(lb/hr), must be determined for each exhaust stream at which
emissions are quantified using the equation given in Appendix A
to this regulation.
(8) For Method 5, particulate matter emissions from the affected
facilities, expressed in kg/MW-hr(lb/MW-hr) must be determined
for each run using the equation given in Appendix B to this
regulation.
Effective date: June 6, 1979
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JULY 12, 1982
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg JUN 29, 1979 JUL 12, 1982 47FR30059
460

-------
PRINTED AUGUST• 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
APPENDIX A
DETERMINATION OF PARTICULATE MATTER EMISSIONS
En = C Q
Where:
En = Emissions of particulate matter in kg/hr (lb/Hr).
C = Concentration of particulate matter in kg/dscm
(lb/dscf) as determined by Reference Method 5.
Q = Volumetric flow rate of the effluent gas stream in
dscm/hr (dscf/hr) as determined by Reference Method 2.
461

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
APPENDIX B
DETERMINATION OF PARTICULATE MATTER EMISSIONS
FOR METHOD 5
N
E= E
n= 1
P
Where:
E = Emissions of particulate from the affected facility in
kg/MW-hr (lb/MW-hr).
N = Total number of exhaust streams at which emissions are
quantified.
E = Emission of particulate matter from each exhaust stream
in kg/hr (lb/hr), as determined in Section 7(7) of this
regulation.
P = Average furnace power input during the sampling period,
in megawatts as determined according to Section 6(2).
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
462

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.48 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR STEEL PLANTS AND
FOUNDRIES NEW ELECTRIC ARC FURNACES
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation apply to the following affected
facilities in steel plants and foundries commenced on or after
the classification date defined below: electric arc furnaces
and/or associated metallurgical equipment located in the same
shop as well as associated dust handling equipment.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Electric arc furnace (EAF)” means any furnace that produces
molten steel and heats the charge materials with electric arcs
from carbon electrodes. Furnaces from which the molten steel is
cast into the shape of finished products, such as in a foundry,
are affected facilities included within the scope of this
definition. Furnaces which, as the primary source of iron,
continuously feed pre-reduced ore pellets are not affected
facilities within the scope of this definition.
(b) “Dust-handling equipment” means any equipment used to handle
particulate matter collected by the control device and located at
or near the control device for an EAF subject to this regulation.
(c) “Control device” means the air pollution control equipment
used to remove particulate matter generated by an EAF(s) from the
effluent gas stream.
(d) “Capture system” means the air pollution control equipment
used to remove particulate matter generated by an EAF from the
effluent gas stream.
(e) “Associated metallurgical equipment” in the shop includes but
is not limited to, scrap pre-heaters and degreasers, and
equipment for hot metal transfer, charging, lancing, boiling,
slagging, and de-slagging, tapping, inoculating, teeming, hot-
topping, vacuum de-gassing, continuous casting, etc.
(f) “Charge” means the addition of iron and steel scrap or other
materials into the top of an electric arc furnace.
(g) “Charging period” means the time period commencing at the
moment an EAF starts to open and ending either 3 minutes after
the EAF roof is returned to its closed position or 6 minutes
after commencement of opening of the roof, whichever is longer.
(h) “Tap” means the pouring of molten steel from an EAF.
(1) “Tapping period” means the time period commencing at the
moment an EAF begins to tilt to pour and ending either 3 minutes
after an EAF returns to an upright position or 6 minutes after
commencing to tilt, whichever is longer.
463

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(j) “Meltdown and refining” means the phase of the steel
production cycle when charge material is melted and undesirable
elements are removed from the metal.
(k) “Meltdown and refining period” means the time period
commencing at the termination of the initial charging period and
ending at the initiation of the tapping period, excluding any
intermediate charging period.
(1) “Shop opacity” means the arithmetic average of 24 or more
opacity observations of emissions from the shop taken in
accordance with Method 9 of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60 for the
applicable time periods.
(m) “Heat time” means the period commencing when scrap is charged
to an empty EAF and terminating when the EAF tap is completed.
(n) “Shop” means the building which houses one or more EAF’s.
(o) “Direct shell evaluation system” means any system that
maintains a negative pressure within the EAF above the slag or
metal and ducts these emissions to the control device.
(p) “Concentrated discharge” means that the outlet from a control
device consists of either stacks (one or more) or openings on the
device’s top or side which have a total area less than 5 percent
of the corresponding top or side and which have a length of not
more than twice the width.
(q) “Dispersed discharge” means that the outlet from a control
device consists of opening on the device’s top or side which have
a total area exceeding 5 percent of the corresponding top or side
which have a length more than twice the width.
(r) “Classification date” means October 21, 1974.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
(a) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by section 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed, no
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from an electric
arc furnace and associated with metallurgical equipment any gases
which:
(i) Exit from a control device and contain a particulate matter
in excess of 0.0052 grains/dscf (12 mg/dscm);
(ii) Exit from a control device and exhibit 3 percent opacity or
greater;
(iii) Exit from a shop, and due solely to operations of any
EAF’s, exhibit greater than two percent shop opacity except:
a. Shop opacity greater than zero percent, but less than 20
464

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
percent, may occur during charging period.
b. Shop opacity greater than zero percent, but less than 40
percent, may occur during tapping periods.
c. Where the capture system is operated such that the roof of the
shop is closed during the charge and the tap, and emissions to
the atmosphere are prevented until the roof is opened after
completion of the charge or tap, the shop opacity standards under
subparagraph (iii) of this section shall apply when the roof is
opened and shall continue to apply for the length of time defined
by the charging and/or tapping periods.
(b) Opacity standards under paragraph (a) (iii) of this section
shall apply only during periods when flow rates and pressure are
being established under section 5 (C) and (f).
(c) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by subsection 4 of Regulation 7.01 is completed,
no owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from dust-
handling equipment any gases which exhibit 10 percent opacity or
greater.
SECTION 4. EMISSION MONITORING
(a) A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of the
opacity of emissions discharged into the atmosphere from the
control device(s) with a concentrated discharge shall be
installed, calibrated, maintained and operated by the owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation.
(b) For the purpose of reports under section 5 of Regulation
7.01, periods of excess emissions that shall be reported are
defined as all 6 minute periods during which the average opacity
is 3 percent or greater.
SECTION 5. MONITORING OF OPERATIONS
(a) The owner or operator subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall maintain records daily of the following
information:
(i) Time and duration of each charge;
(ii) Time and duration of each tap;
(iii) All flow rate data obtained under paragraph (b) of this
section, or equivalent obtained under paragraph (d) of this
section; and
(iv) All pressure data obtained under paragraph Ce) of this
section.
(b) Except as provided under paragraph (d) of this section, the
owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall install, calibrate, and maintain a monitoring device that
465

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
continuously records the volumetric flow rate through each
separately ducted hood. The monitoring device(s) may be
installed in any appropriate location in the exhaust duct such
that reproducible flow rate monitoring will result. The flow
rate monitoring device(s) shall have an accuracy of —+ 10 percent
over its normal operating range and shall be calibrated according
to the manufacturer’s instructions. The District may require the
owner or operator to demonstrate the accuracy of the monitoring
device(s) relative to Methods 1 and 2 of Appendix A of 40 CFR 60.
(c) When the owner or operator of an EAF is required to
demonstrate compliance with the standard under subparagraph (iii)
of paragraph (a) of section 3 and at any other time the District
may require, the volumetric flow rate through each separately
ducted hood shall be determined during all periods in which the
hood is operated for the purpose of capturing emissions from the
EAF using the monitoring device under paragraph (b) of this
section. The owner or operator may petition the District for re-
establishment of these flow rates whenever the owner or operator
can demonstrate to the District’s satisfaction that the EAF
operating conditions upon which the flow rates were previously
established are no longer applicable. The flow rates determined
during the most recent demonstration of compliance shall be
maintained (or may be exceeded) at the appropriate level for each
applicable period. Operation at lower flow rates may be
considered by the District to be unacceptable operation and
maintenance of the affected facility.
(d) The owner or operator may petition the District to approve
any alternative method that will provide a continuous record of
operation of each emission capture system.
(e) Where emissions during any phase of the heat time are
controlled by use of a direct shell evacuation system, the owner
or operator shall install, calibrate and maintain a monitoring
device that continuously records the pressure in the free space
inside the EAF. The pressure shall be recorded as 15 minutes
integrated averages. The monitoring device may be installed in
in any appropriate location in the EAF such that reproducible
results will be obtained. The pressure monitoring device shall
have an accuracy of - + 5 mm of water gauge over its normal
operating range and shall be calibrated according to the
manufacturer’s instructions.
(f) When the owner or operator of an EAF is required to
demonstrate compliance with the standard under subparagraph (iii)
of paragraph (a) of section 3 and at any other time the District
may require, the pressure in the free space inside the furnace
shall be determined during the meltdown and refining period(s)
using the monitoring device under paragraph (e) of this section.
The owner or operator may petition the District for
re-establishment of the 15 minutes integrated average pressure
whenever the owner or operator can demonstrate to the District’s
satisfaction that the EAF operating conditions upon which the
pressures were previously established are no longer applicable.
466

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 ILOSIP.4THtt
The pressure determined during the most recent demonstration of
compliance shall be maintained at all times the EAF is operating
in a meltdown and refining period, Operating at higher pressure
may be considered by the District to be unacceptable operation
and maintenance of the affected facility.
(g) Where the capture system is designed and operated such that
all emissions are captured and ducted to a control device, the
owner or operator shall not be subject to the requirements of
this section.
(h) Where each EAF in a shop has an actual tapping capacity of
less than 10 tons, the owner or operator shall not be subject to
the requirements of this section.
SECTION 6. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Reference methods in Appendix A of 40 CFR 60, except as
provided for in Regulation 1.04 shall be used to determine
compliance with this regulation as follows:
(1) Method 5 for concentration of particulate matter and
associated moisture content;
(ii) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;
(iii) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate;
(iv) Method 3 for gas analysis; and
(v) Method 9 for opacity determination.
(b) For Method 5, the sampling time for each run shall be at lest
4 hours. When a single EAF is sampled, the sampling time for
each run shall also include an integral number of heats. Shorter
sampling times, when necessitated by process variables or other
factors, may be approved by the District. The minimum sample
volume shall be 4.5 dscxn (160 dscf).
(C) For the purpose of this regulation, the owner or operator
shall conduct the demonstration of compliance with subparagraph
(iii) of paragraph (a) of section 3 and furnish the District with
a written report of the results of the test.
(d) During any performance test required under section 4 of
Regulation 7.01, no gaseous diluents may be added to the effluent
gas stream after the fabric in any pressurized fabric filter
collector, unless the amount of dilution is separately determined
and considered in the determination of emissions.
(e) When more than one control device serves the EAF(s) being
tested, the concentration of particulate matter shall be
determined using the equation given in Appendix A of this
regulation.
(f) Any control device subject to the provisions of this
regulation shall be designed and constructed to allow measurement
467

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989
“LOSIP. 4TH”
of volumetric flow rate and emissions using applicable test
methods and procedures.
(g) Where emissions from any EAF(s) are combined with emissions
from other affected facilities in the same shop and controlled by
a common capture system and control device, the owner or operator
may use any of the following procedures during a performance test:
(i) Base compliance on control of the combined emissions;
(ii) Utilize a method acceptable to the District which
compensates for the emissions from the other affected facilities;
and
(iii) Any combination of the criteria of subparagraphs (i) and
(ii) of this subsection.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 6—13—79.
APPENDIX A TO REGULATION 7.48
DETERMINATION OF CONCENTRATION OF PARTICULATE MATTER
[ EQUATION CANNOT BE TYPED]
Where:
C = concentration of particulate matter in mg/dscxn (gr/dscf)
as determined by Method 5
N = total number of control devices tested
Q = volumetric flow rate of the effluent gas stream in
mg/dscm (dscf/hr) as determined by Method 2
C Qn or Qn = value of the applicable parameter for each control
device tested (n).
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
468

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.49. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW GRAIN ELEVATORS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation apply to each affected facility
at any grain elevator, or any grain storage elevator, except as
provided under section 5 of this regulation. The affected
facilities are each truck unloading station, truck loading
station, barge and ship unloading station, barge and ship loading
station, railcar unloading station, railcar loading station,
grain dryer, and all grain handling operations, which commence
construction, modification or reconstruction on or after August
3, 1978.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Grain” means corn, wheat, sorghum, rice, rye, oats, barley,
or soybeans.
(b) “Grain elevator” means any plant or installation at which
grain is unloaded, handled, cleaned, dried, stored, and loaded.
(c) “Grain terminal elevator” means any grain elevator which has
a storage opacity or more of 88,100 cubic meters (2.5 million
bushels) except those located at manufacturers of cereals, animal
or pet foods, breweries, and livestock feedlots.
(d) “Permanent storage capacity” means grain storage capacity
which is inside a building, bin, or silo.
(e) “Railcar” means railroad hopper car or boxcar.
(f) “Grain storage elevator” means any grain elevator at any
wheat flour mill, wet corn mill, dry corn mill (human
consumption), rice mill, or soybean oil extraction plant which
has a permanent grain storage capacity of 32,500 cubic meters (1
million bushels).
(g) “Process emission” means the particulate matter which is
collected by a capture system.
(h) “Fugitive emissions” means the particulate matter which is
not collected by the capture system and is released directly into
the atmosphere from an affected facility at a grain elevator.
(i) “Capture system” means the equipment such as shreds, hoods,
ducts, fans, dampers, etc., used to collect particulate matter
which is generated by an affected facility at a grain elevator.
(j) “Grain unloading station” means that portion of a grain
elevator where the grain is transferred from a truck, railcar,
barge or ship to a receiving hopper.
469

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(k) “Grain loading station” means that portion of a grain
elevator where grain is transferred from the elevator to a truck,
railcar, barge, or ship.
(1) “Grain handling operations” includes bucket elevators or legs
(excluding legs used to unload barges or ships), scale hoppers
and surge bins (garners), turn heads, scalpers, cleaners,
trippers, the headhouse and other structures.
(m) “Column dryer” means any equipment used to reduce the
moisture content of grain in which the grain flows from the top
to the bottom in one or more continuous packed columns between
two perforated metal sheets.
(n) “Rack dryer” means any equipment used to reduce moisture
content of grain in which grain flows from the top to the bottom
in a cascading flow around rows of baffles (racks).
(0) “Unloading leg” means a device which includes a bucket-type
elevator which is used to remove grain from a barge or ship.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
(a) On or after the date on which the performance test required
by regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or operator subject to
the provisions of this regulation shall cause to be discharged
into the atmosphere:
(1) Any gases which exhibit greater than zero percent opacity
from any:
a. Column dryer with column plate perforations exceeding 2.4 nun
diameter (.094 inch)
b. Rack dryer in which exhaust gases pass through a screen
filter coarser than 50 mesh
(ii) Any fugitive emission from:
a. Any individual truck unloading station, railcar unloading
station, or railcar loading station, which exhibits greater than
5 percent opacity
b. Any grain handling operation which exhibits greater than zero
percent opacity
c. Any truck loading station which exhibits greater than 10
percent opacity
d. Any barge of ship loading station which exhibits greater than
20 percent opacity.
(b) On and after the date on which the performance test required
by regulation 7.01 is completed, no owner or operator subject to
the provisions of this regulation shall cause to be discharged
470

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH t ’
into the atmosphere from any affected facility (except a grain
dryer) any process emission which:
(i) Contains particulate matter in excess of 0.023 g/dscm (0.01
gr/dscf)
(ii) Exhibits greater than zero percent opacity.
(c) The owner or operator of any barge or ship unloading station
shall operate as follows:
(i) The unloading leg shall be enclosed from the top (including
the receiving hopper) to the center line of the bottom pulley,
and ventilation to a control device shall be maintained on both
sides of the leg and the grain receiving hopper.
(ii) The total rate of air ventilated shall be at least 32.1
actual cubic meters per cubic meter of grain handling capacity
(40 cubic ft. per bushel).
(iii) Rather than comply with the requirements of subparagraph
(i) and (ii) of this paragraph, the owner or operator may use
other methods of emission control if it is demonstrated to the
District’s satisfaction that the control would reduce particulate
emissions to the same level or less.
SECTION 4. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Reference methods in appendix A of 40 CFR 60, except as
provided for in Regulation 1.04, shall be used to determine
compliance with the standards as prescribed in section 3 as
follows:
(i) Method 5 or Method 17 for concentration of particulate matter
and associated moisture content
(ii) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses
(iii) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rates
(iv) Method 3 for gas analysis
(v) Method 9 for visible emissions
(b) For Method 5 the sampling probe and filter holder shall be
operated without heaters. The sampling time for each run shall
be at least 60 minutes. The minimum sample volume shall be 1.7
dscm (60 dscf).
SECTION 5. MODIFICATIONS
The following physical changes, or changes in the methods of
operation, shall not by themselves be considered a modification
of any existing facility:
(a) The addition of gravity loadout spouts to existing grain
471

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LCSIP.4TH”
storage or grain transfer bins
(b) The installation of automatic grain weighing scales
(C) Replacement of motor and drive units propelling existing
grain handling equipment
(d) The installation of permanent storage capacity with no
increase in hourly grain handling capacity.
Adopted 7-14-76; effective 8-3-78.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
472

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.50. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW LIME
MANUFACTURING PLANTS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new lime manufacturing plants
contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart HH, revised by Fed. Reg. 18080
(1984) is hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart HH, as revised, limits emissions of particulate matter
from all new lime manufacturing plants that commenced
construction, modification, or reconstruction after May 3, 1977.
A lime manufacturing plant is defined to be any plant which uses
a rotary lime kiln to produce lime product from limestone by
calcination.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart” shall be read as “this
regulation”.
SECTION 5. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6-13-79; effective 6-13-79; amended 2-19—86.
ThIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
473

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.51. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW LIQUID WASTE
INCINERATORS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
This section is applicable to those facilities disposing of waste
solvents, chemicals, or other flammable material by incineration
after the effective date of this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Liquid waste” means any material in a liquid form which has
no commercial value other than recovery of its recyclable
components or has been transferred to a facility for disposal.
(b) “Liquid waste incinerator” is a device for incineration of
liquid waste.
(c) “Exit gas temperature” means the temperature of the products
of combustion measured at the end of the incinerator and prior to
any air pollution control device.
(d) “Residence time” means the time required for the products of
combustion to travel from the liquid waste burner to the exit of
the incinerator while maintaining the average gas temperature
associated with the residence time.
(e) “Auxiliary fuel” means natural gas, propane, butane,
distillate fuel oil or other fuel free of toxic compounds and
containing not more than 0.5% incombustible particulate.
(f) “Combustible liquid waste” means any liquid waste with a heat
content greater than 10,000 BTU/lb or capable of sustaining
combustion in an incinerator without auxiliary fuel.
(g) “Partially combustible liquid waste” means any liquid waste
with a heat content greater than 5000 BTTJ/lb,and less than 10,000
BTU/lb requiring auxiliary fuel for sustainea combustion.
(h) “Average gas temperature” is the mean temperature of the
products of combustion while in the incinerator and prior to any
spray chamber or air pollution control device.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR PARTICULATE MATTER
No owner or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation
shall cause the emissions of particulate matter from a liquid
waste incinerator to exceed:
(a) 0.2 gr/scf corrected to 12% C02 excluding the contribution of
carbon dioxide from auxiliary fuel, or
(b) 20% opacity.
474

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
SECTION 4. EQUIPMENT STANDARDS
(a) Incineration of partially combustible liquids shall be
accomplished in an incinerator equipped with means of firing
sufficient auxiliary fuel to sustain combustion at temperatures
as required by this regulation. No auxiliary fuel shall be
required for incineration of combustible liquids unless otherwise
required by the District.
(b) Incineration of liquid wastes with a viscosity of 750 SSU or
greater shall be accomplished in a burner equipped with steam or
air atomization.
(c) Incineration of halogenated liquid wastes shall be
accomplished in an incinerator equipped with a wet scrubber.
(d) Incineration of liquid wastes containing inorganic salts
shall be accomplished in an incinerator equipped with a
particulate control device of sufficiency to meet the emission
standard specified in sections 3 (a) and 3 (b) of this
regulation.
(e) The incineration shall be capable of maintaining an average
gas temperature of 1600 degrees F with a residence time as
determined by the District to provide complete combustion of the
liquid waste.
(f) The incinerator shall be equipped with a fail—safe device
designed to interrupt the delivery of liquid waste to the burner
in the event of
(i) Fire or flame reaching the line delivering waste to the
burner, or
(ii) Loss of burner flame.
(g) The delivery pipe to the liquid waste burner shall be
equipped with a flow indicator capable of measuring the maximum
demand of the burner.
(h) The incinerator shall be equipped with an indicating
pyrometer or thermometer to measure the exit gas temperature.
SECTION 5. RECORDKEEPING
The owner or operator of any liquid waste incinerator subject to
the provisions of this regulation shall record the following
information:
(a) Daily operating hours of liquid waste incinerator
(b) Daily log of liquid waste received and specifying:
(i) The amount received,
(ii) A general description of the waste,
475

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP4TH”
(iii) The source from whom the waste was received,
(iv) A designation of whether the waste contains material toxic
to humans.
SECTION 6. TIMETABLE FOR COMPLIANCE
(a) Compliance with the provisions of section 4 of this
regulation shall occur on or before February 1, 1980.
(b) Compliance with all other provisions of this regulation shall
occur as of the effective date of this regulation.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 6-13—79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
476

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.52. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW FABRIC, VINYL
AND PAPER SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY.
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after June 13, 1979.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given to them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means a coating line for fabric, vinyl or
paper.
(2) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating including but not limited to: roll, knife, or rotogravure
coater.
(3) “Flashoff area” means the space between the applicator and
the oven.
(4) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any coatings containing volatile
organic compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(a) Mixing operations;
(b) Process storage;
(c) Applicators;
(d) Drying operations including, but not limited to: flashoff
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization;
(e) Clean up operations;
(f) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(g) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(h) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one (1) coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of
which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile
organic compounds it receives from or distributes to each coating
line;
(i) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualifies for an exemption according to Section 5, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
(5) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon(excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and aininonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than one-tenth
(0.1) nun Hg at conditions of twenty (20) degrees Celsius and 760
mm Hg.
(6) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface
477

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
coatings, volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile
organic compounds; but does not mean storage tanks.
(7) “Fabric coating” means the coating of a textile substrate to
impart properties that are not initially present, such as
strength, stability, water or acid repellancy, or appearance.
(8) “Vinyl coating” means the coating of vinyl coated fabrics or
vinyl sheets which includes decorative or protective topcoats or
printing.
(9) “Paper coating” means the application of a uniform layer of
material across the entire width of a web of paper, pressure
sensitive tapes regardless of substrate, related web coating
processes on plastic film such as typewriter ribbons,
photographic film, magnetic tape, and decorative coatings on
metal foil such as gift wrap and packaging, but does not include
the printing of paper.
(10) “Knife coating” means the application of a coating material
to a substrate by means of drawing the substrate beneath a knife
that spreads the coating evenly over the full width of the
substrate.
(11) “Roll coating” means the application of a coating material
to a substrate by means of hard rubber or steel rolls.
(12) “Rotogravure coating” means the application of a coating
material to a substrate by means of a roll coating technique in
which the pattern to be applied is etched on the coating roll.
The coating material is picked up in these regulations recessed
areas and is transferred to the substrate.
(13) “Classification date” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(14) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total input
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected facility
minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are not
emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that are
prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compounds net input.
When the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such
as to permit more than one (1) interpretation of this definition,
the interpretation that results in the minimum value for
allowable emission shall apply.
(15) “Printing” means the formation of words, designs and
pictures, usually by a series of application rolls each with only
partial coverage. It applies to flexographic and rotogravure
processes as applied to publication and packaging print.
Section 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.
478

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than fifteen (15) percent by
weight of the volatile organic compounds net input into the
affected facility.
SECTION 4. Compliance.
(1) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the department.
(2) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases where
the department determines that a material balance is not
possible. For those cases where a material balance is not
possible, compliance will be determined based upon an engineering
analysis by the department of: the control system design, control
device efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any
other factor that could influence the performance of the system.
If so requested by the department, performance tests as specified
by the department shall be conducted in order to determine the
efficiency of the control device.
(3) With the prior approval of the department, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
Section 3.
(4) Whenever deemed necessary by the department, the department
shall obtain samples of the coatings used at an affected facility
to verify that the coatings meet the requirements in Section 5.
The following methods of analyses, filed by reference in 401 KAR
50:015, for coatings shall be used as applicable except in those
cases where the department determines that other methods would be
more appropriate:
(a) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(b) ASTM D 1475—60(74);
(C) ASTM D 2369-73; or
(d) Federal Standard 141 a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. Exemptions.
(1) Any affected facility coating fabric or paper shall be exempt
from the provisions of Section 3 if the volatile organic
compounds content of the coating is less then 0.35 kg/l of
coating (2.9 lb/gal), excluding water, delivered to the
applicators associated with the coating line.
(2) Any affected facility coating vinyl shall be exempt from the
provisions of Section 3 if the volatile organic compound content
of the coating is less than 0.45 kg/i of coating (3.8 lb/gal),
excluding water, delivered to the applicators associated with the
coating line.
(3) An owner or operator electing to qualify for an extension
under this section must achieve final compliance for that
479

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 ‘ t LOSIP.4T1-I”
affected facility by December 1, 1981.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 6—13-79; amended 11—16-83.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
480

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.53 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW BEVERAGE CAN
SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new beverage can surface coating
operations contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart WW, made effective by
48 Fed. Reg. 38737 (1983) is hereby adopted and filed herein by
reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart WW, limits emissions of volatile organic compounds from
all new 2 piece beverage can surface coating operations that
commenced construction, modification, or reconstruction after
November 26, 1980. A 2 piece beverage can is defined to be any 2
piece steel or aluminum container in which soft drinks or beer
(including malt liquor) are packaged. The standards in the
federal regulation represent the best demonstrated technology for
the industry.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart” shall be read as “this
regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6-13—79; effective 6—13-79; amended 2—19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
481

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.54. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW METAL COIL
SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new metal coil surface coating
operations in 40 CFR 60, Subpart TT, published in the Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July 1, 1983, is
hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart TT, limits emissions of volatile organic compounds from
all new metal coil surface coating operations that commenced
construction, modification, or reconstruction after January 5,
1981. A metal coil surface coating operation is defined to be
any application system used to apply an organic coating to the
surface of any continuous metal strip that is packaged in a roll
or coil. Compliance can be achieved by any of four approaches
for each affected facility. The standards in the federal
regulation represent the best demonstrated technology for the
industry.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITIONS
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart” shall be read as “this
regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6—13—79; effective 6-13-79; amended 2—19-86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
482

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULPJTION 7.55 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW INSULATION OF
MAGNET WIRE
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after the effective date of this
regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a coating line for insulation of
magnet wire.
(b) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating, including, but not limited to, a coating bath.
(C) “Coating die” means the device, located between the
applicator and the drying oven, which scrapes off excess coating
and leaves a thin film of desired thickness.
(d) “Magnet wire” means wire used in such equipment as electrical
motors, generators, and transformers which carries an electrical
current.
(e) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any coatings containing volatile
organic compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(1) mixing operations;
(ii) process storage;
(iii) applicators;
(iv) drying operations including coating die area evaporation,
oven drying, baking, curing, and polymerization;
(v) clean up operations;
(vi) leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(vii) processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds.
(viii) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of
which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile
organic compound it receives from or distributes to each coating
line.
483

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 t ’LOSIP.4TH”
(ix) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to section 5, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
(f) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and aminonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than 0.1 mm Hg at
conditions of 20 degrees Celsius and 760 mm Hg.
(g) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface
coatings,.volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile
organic compounds, but does not mean storage tanks which are
subject to Regulation 7.12.
(h) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total amount
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected facility
minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are not
emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that are
prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compound net input.
When the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such
as to permit more than one interpretation of this definition, the
interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable
emission shall apply.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than 10 percent by weight of
the volatile organic compounds net input into the affected
facility.
SECTION 4. COMPLIANCE
(a) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the District.
(b) Compliance with the standard in section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases where
the District determines that a material balance is not possible.
For those cases where a material balance is not possible,
compliance will be determined based upon an engineering analysis
by the District of the control system design, control device
efficiency, control system capture efficiency and any other
factors that could influence the performance of the system. If
so requested by the District, performance tests as specified by
the District shall be conducted in order to determine the
efficiency of the control device.
(c) With the prior approval of the District, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
484

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
section 5.
(d) Whenever deemed necessary, the District shall obtain samples
of the coatings used at an affected facility to verify that the
coatings meet the requirements in section 5. The following
methods of analyses for coatings shall be used as applicable
except in those cases where the District determines that other
methods would be more appropriate:
(i) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(ii) ASTM D 1475—60 (74);
(iii) ASTM D 2369—73; or
(iv) Federal Standard 141a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. EXEMPTIONS
Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
section 3 of this regulation if the volatile organic content of
the coating is less than 0.20 kilograms per liter of coating (1.7
pounds per gallon), excluding water, delivered to the applicators
associated with the coating line.
Adopted 6-13—79; effective 6—13-79.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JAN 25, 1980.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: JUNE 29, 1979 JAN 25, 1980 45 FR 6092
485

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.56 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR LEAKS FROM NEW
PETROLEUM REFINERY EQUIPMENT
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means each individual component within a
petroleum refinery complex that could potentially leak volatile
organic compounds to the atmosphere.
(b) “Component” means equipment or apparatus which includes, but
is not limited to, pumps, compressors, seals, seal oil degassing
vents, pipeline valves, flanges and other connections, pressure
relief devices, process drains, and open-ended pipes that could
potentially leak volatile organic compounds to the atmosphere.
(c) A “petroleum refinery complex” means any facility engaged in
producing gasoline, kerosene, distillate fuel, fuel oils,
residual fuel oils, lubricants, or other products through
distillation of petroleum or through redistillation, cracking,
rearrangement or reforming of unfinished petroleum derivatives.
(d) “Leak” means the presence of a volatile organic compound
concentration exceeding 10,000 ppm when tested in the manner
referenced in Section 5.
(e) “Gas service” means that the volatile organic compound is
gaseous at conditions that prevail in the component during normal
operations.
SECTION 3. STANDARD FOR VOLATILE ORGANIC COMPOUNDS
The owner or operator of an affected faci1it shall:
(a) When any affected facility within the petroleum refinery
complex is found to be leaking, repair the leak within 15 days.
A component recheck shall be made after repair. If the leak is
still present or a new leak is created by the repair, further
maintenance shall be performed until the volatile organic
compound emission drops below the screening value (10,000 ppm).
(b) Any time a valve is located at the end of a pipe or line
containing volatile organic compounds, seal the end of the line
with a second valve, a blind flange, a plug or a cap. The
sealing device may be removed only when a sample is being taken.
This requirement does not apply to safety pressure relief valves.
SECTION 4. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
486

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
The owner or operator shall conduct such monitoring of affected
facilities and submit records as specified below:
(a) The refinery operator shall perform component monitoring
using the method referenced in Section 5 as follows:
(i) Monitor with a portable volatile organic compound detection
device annually: pump seals, pipeline valves in liquid service,
and process drains.
(ii) Monitor with a portable volatile organic compound detection
device quarterly: compressor valves, pipeline valves in gas
service, and pressure relief valves in gas service.
(iii) Monitor visually weekly: pump seals.
(iv) No individual monitoring is necessary for pressure relief
valves in liquid service and pipeline flanges.
(b) Pipeline valves and pressure relief valves for gas service
shall be marked or noted so that their location is readily
obvious to both the refinery operator performing the monitoring
and the District.
(C) Whenever liquids are observed dripping from a pump seal, the
seal shall be checked immediately with a portable detector to
determine if a leak of volatile organic compounds is present.
(d) Whenever a relief valve operates and venting to the
atmosphere occurs, the operator shall monitor such valve
immediately. Pressure relief devices which are tied in to either
a flare header or vapor recovery device shall be exempted from
the monitoring requirements.
(e) When a leak is located, a weather proof and readily visible
tag bearing an identification number and the date the leak is
located shall be affixed to the leaking component. The location,
tag number, date and stream composition of the leak shall also be
noted on a survey log. When the leak is repaired, the date of
repair and date and instrument reading of a component recheck
after maintenance shall be entered in the survey log and the tag
discarded. The operator shall retain the survey log for 2 years
after the inspection is completed.
(f) After quarterly monitoring has been performed, the refinery
operator shall submit a report to the District listing all leaks
that were located but not repaired within the 15 day limit and a
signed statement attesting to the fact that all monitoring has
been performed as stipulated in the control plan. Leaks that
cannot be repaired within 15 days shall be repaired during the
next schedule turnaround, or if unable to be brought into
compliance, a variance shall be requested and obtained on an
individual basis.
SECTION 5. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
(a) Except as provided for in Regulation 1.04 the test methods as
487

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
defined in Appendix B to “Control of Volatile Organic Compound
Leaks from Petroleum Refinery Equipment” (OAQPS 1.2—111, U. S.
EPA, Office of Air Quality Planning and Standards) shall be used
to determine compliance with the standard prescribed in Section 3
and monitoring requirements in Section 4.
(b) The owner or operator may elect to use alternate monitoring
methods if it can be demonstrated to the District’s satisfaction
that the alternate methods will achieve equivalent control
efficiency.
SECTION 6. VARIANCES AND MODIFICATION
(a) If, after at least 2 complete annual checks, the refinery
operator determines that modifications of the monitoring
requirements are in order, he may request in writing to the
agency that a revision be made. The submittal shall include data
that have been developed to justify any modifications in the
monitoring schedule.
(b) If the District finds an excessive number of leaks during an
inspection, or if the refinery operator finds an excessive number
of leaks in any given area during scheduled monitoring, the
District shall increase the required frequency of operator
inspections for that part of the facility.
(C) Variation with the standards and limitations contained in
this regulation, when supported by adequate technical information
will be considered by the District on a case-by-case basis to
allow for technological or economic circumstances which are
unique to a source.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given to them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means a printing line for packaging
rotogravure, publication rotogravure, and flexographic printing.
(2) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
ink.
(3) “Flashoff area” means the space between the applicator and
the oven.
(4) “Printing line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure, any inks containing volatile organic
compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(a) Mixing operations;
(b) Process storage;
(c) Applicators;
(d) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization;
(e) Clean up operations;
488

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(f) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(g) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(h) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one (1) printing line, its volatile
organic compound emissions shall be assigned to each printing
line of which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of
volatile organic compounds it receives from or distributes to
each printing line;
(i) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 6, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate printing line;
(j) All units in a machine which has both coating and printing
units will be considered as performing a printing operation.
(5) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ainmonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than one-tenth
(0.1) mm Hg at conditions of twenty (20) degrees Celsius and 760
mm Hg.
(6) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain inks,
volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile organic
compounds; but does not mean storage tanks which are subject to
40]. KAR 59:050 or 401 KAR 61:050.
(7) “Printing” means the formation of words, designs and
pictures, usually by a series of application rolls each with only
partial coverage. It applies to flexographic and rotogravure
processes as applied to publication and packaging printing.
(8) “Coating” means the application of a uniform layer of
material across the entire width of the web.
(9) “Classification date” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(10) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total
amount of volatile organic compounds input to the affected
facility minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are
not emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that
are prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compounds net input.
When the nature of any operation. or design of equipment is such
as to permit more than one (1) interpretation of this definition,
the interpretation that results in the minimum value for
allowable emissions shall apply.
(11) “Packaging rotogravure printing” means rotogravure printing
upon paper, paper board, metal foil, plastic film, and other
substrates, which are, in subsequent operations, formed into
489

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
packaging products and labels for articles to be sold.
(12) “Publication rotogravure printing” means rotogravure
printing upon paper which is subsequently formed into books,
magazines, catalogues, brochures, directories, newspaper
supplements, and other types of printed materials.
(13) “Flexographic printing” means the application of words,
designs and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing
technique in which the pattern to be applied is raised above the
printing roll and the image carrier is made of rubber or other
elastomeric materials.
(14) “Rotogravure printing” means the application of words,
designs, and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing
technique which involves intaglio or recessed image areas in the
form of cells.
(15) “Roll printing” means the application of words, designs and
pictures to a substrate usually by means of a series of hard
rubber or steel rolls each with only partial coverage.
SECTION 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.
(1) No person shall cause, allow or permit an affected facility
for publication rotogravure printing to discharge into the
atmosphere more than twenty-five (25) percent by weight of the
volatile organic compounds net input into the affected facility.
(2) No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility
for packaging rotogravure printing to discharge into the
atmosphere more than thirty-five (35) percent by weight of the
volatile organic compounds net input into the affected facility.
(3) No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility
for flexographic printing to discharge into the atmosphere more
than forty (40) percent by weight of the volatile organic
compounds net input into the affected facility.
SECTION 4. Compliance.
(1) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the department.
(2) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases where
the department determines that a material balance is not
possible. For those cases where a material balance is not
possible, compliance will be based upon an engineering analysis
by the department of: the control system design, control device
efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any other
factors that could influence the performance of the system. If
so requested by the department, performance tests as specified by
the department shall be conducted in order to determine the
efficiency of the control device.
490

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(3) With the prior approval of the department, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
Section 5.
(4) Whenever deemed necessary by the department, the department
shall obtain samples of the inks used at the facility to verify
that the inks meet the requirements in Section 5. The following
methods of analyses, filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015, for
inks shall be used as applicable except in those cases where the
department determines that other methods would be more
appropriate:
(a) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(b) ASTM D 1475—60 (74);
(c) ASTM D 2369—73; or
(d) Federal Standard 141 a, or Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. Exemptions.
Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provision of
Section 3 if the printing systems:
(1) Utilize a water-borne ink whose volatile portion consists of
seventy-five (75) volume percent water and twenty—five (25)
volume percent organic solvent (or a lower volatile organic
compound content) in all printing units;
(2) Achieve a seventy (70) volume percent overall reduction of
solvent usage (compared to all solvent-borne ink usage; or
(3) Utilize inks which contain sixty (60) percent or more non-
volatile material.
SECTION 6. Variances.
Variation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information,
will be considered by the department on a case-by—case basis to
allow for technological or economic circumstances which are
unique to a source.
Adopted 5-20-81; effective 5-20-81; amended 4-20—82.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
491

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP..4TH ”
REGULATION 7.57. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW GRAPHIC ARTS
FACILITIES USING, ROTOGRAVURE AND FLEXOGRAPHY
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provision of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility that commences construction or modification on or after
February 4, 1981.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given to them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means a printing line for packaging
rotogravure, publication rotogravure, and flexographic printing.
(2) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
ink.
(3) “Flashoff area” means the space between the applicator and
the oven.
(4) “Printing line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure, any inks containing volatile organic
compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(a) Mixing operations;
(b) Process storage;
(c) Applicators;
(d) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization;
(e) Clean up operations;
(f) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(g) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(h) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one (1) printing line, its volatile
organic compound emissions shall be assigned ,to each printing
line of which it is a part proportionally to che throughput of
volatile organic compounds it receives from or distributes to
each printing line;
(1) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 6, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate printing line;
(j) All units in a machine which has both coating and printing
units will be considered as performing a printing operation.
(5) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ainmonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than one-tenth
(0.1) mm Hg at conditions of twenty (20) degrees Celsius and 760
mm Hg.
492

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(6) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain inks,
volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile organic
compounds; but does not mean storage tanks which are subject to
401 KAR 59:050 or 40]. KAR 61:050.
(7) “Printing” means the formation of words, designs and
pictures, usually by a series of application rolls each with only
partial coverage. It applies to flexographic and rotogravure
processes as applied to publication and packaging printing.
(8) “coating” means the application of a uniform layer of
material across the entire width of the web.
(9) “Classification date” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(10) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total
amount of volatile organic compounds input to the affected
facility minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are
not emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that
are prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compounds net input.
When the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such
as to permit more than one (1) interpretation of this definition,
the interpretation that results in the minimum value for
allowable emissions shall apply.
(11) “Packaging rotogravure printing” means rotogravure printing
upon paper, paper board, metal foil, plastic film, and other
substrates, which are, in subsequent operations, formed into
packaging products and labels for articles to be sold.
(12) “Publication rotogravure printing” means rotogravure
printing upon paper which is subsequently formed into books,
magazines, catalogues, brochures, directories, newspaper
supplements, and other types of printed materials.
(13) “Flexographic printing” means the application of words,
designs and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing
technique in which the pattern to be applied is raised above the
printing roll and the image carrier is made of rubber or other
elastomeric materials.
(14) “Rotogravure printing” means the application of words,
designs, and pictures to a substrate by means of a roll printing
technique which involves intaglio or recessed image areas in the
form of cells.
(15) “Roll printing” means the application of words, designs and
pictures to a substrate usually by means of a series of hard
rubber or steel rolls each with only partial coverage.
493

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
SECTION 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.
(1) No person shall cause, allow or permit an affected facility
for publication rotogravure printing to discharge into the
atmosphere more than twenty-five (25) percent by weight of the
volatile organic compounds net input into the affected facility.
(2) No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility
for packaging rotogravure printing to discharge into the
atmosphere more than thirty-five (35) percent by weight of the
volatile organic compounds net input into the affected facility.
(3) No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility
for flexographic printing to discharge into the atmosphere more
than forty (40) percent by weight of the volatile organic
compounds net input into the affected facility.
SECTION 4. Compliance.
(1) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the department.
(2) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases where
the department determines that a material balance is not
possible. For those cases where a material balance is not
possible, compliance will be based upon an engineering analysis
by the department of: the control system design, control device
efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any other
factors that could influence the performance of the system. If
so requested by the department, performance tests as specified by
the department shall be conducted in order to determine the
efficiency of the control device.
(3) With the prior approval of the department, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
Section 5.
(4) Whenever deemed necessary by the department, the department
shall obtain samples of the inks used at the facility to verify
that the inks meet the requirements in Section 5. The following
methods of analyses, filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015, for
inks shall be used as applicable except in those cases where the
department determines that other methods would be more
appropriate:
(a) ASTM D 1644—75 Method A;
(b) ASTM D 1475—60 (74)
(c) ASTM D 2369—73; or
(d) Federal Standard 141 a, or Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. Exemptions.
Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provision of
Section 3 if the printing systems:
494

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(1) Utilize a water-borne ink whose volatile portion consists of
seventy—five (75) volume percent water and twenty-five (25)
volume percent organic solvent (or a lower volatile organic
compound content) in all printing units;
(2) Achieve a seventy (70) volume percent overall reduction of
solvent usage (compared to all solvent—borne ink usage; or
(3) Utilize inks which contain sixty (60) percent or more non-
volatile material.
SECTION 6. Variances.
Variation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information,
will be considered by the department on a case—by—case basis to
allow for technological or economic circumstances which are
unique to a source.
Adopted 5—20—81; effective 5—20—81; amended 4—20—82, 11—16—83,
2—19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGU lATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
495

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.58 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW FACTORY SURFACE
COATING OPERATIONS OF FLAT WOOD PANELING
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used not defined herein shall have the meaning given them
in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Affected facility” means a coating line for the factor
surface coating of interior flat wood paneling.
(b) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating including but not limited to: roll coaters, curtain
coaters, sprays and brushes.
(C) “Flashoff area” means the space between the applicator and
the oven.
(d) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any coatings containing volatile
organic compounds. This shall include, but is not limited to:
(i) Mixing operations;
(ii) Process storage;
(iii) Applicators;
(iv) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization;
(v) Clean up operation;
(vi) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(vii) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(viii) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of
which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile
organic compound it receives from or distributes to each coating
line;
(ix) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 5, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
496

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(e) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface
coatings, volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile
organic compounds; but does not mean storage tanks which are
subject to Regulations 7.12 and 6.13.
(f) “Interior flat wood paneling” means printed interior wall
panels made of hardwood plywood and thin particleboard, natural
finish hardwood plywood panels, or hardboard paneling with Class
II finishes.
(g) “Printed panels” means panels whose grain or natural surface
is obscured by fillers and basecoats upon which a simulated grain
or decorative pattern is printed.
(h) “Hardwood plywood’ means plywood surface layer is a veneer of
hardwood.
(1) “Particleboard” means a manufactured board made of individual
wood particles which have been coated with a binder and formed
into flat sheets by pressure. Thin particleboard has a thickness
of 1/4 inch or less.
(j) “Natural finish hardwood plywood panels” means panels whose
original grain pattern is enhanced by essentially transparent
finishes frequently supplemented by fillers and toners.
(k) “Hardboard” means a panel manufactured primarily from inter-
felted lignocellulosic fibers which are consolidated under heat
and pressure in a hot—press.
(1) “Class II hardboard paneling finishes” means finishes which
meet the specifications of Voluntary Product Standard PS-59-73,
as approved by the American National Standards Institute.
(m) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total amount
of volatile organic compounds input to the affected facility
minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are not
emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that are
prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compounds net input.
When the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such
to permit more than one interpretation of this definition, the
interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable
emission shall apply.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1983. JUNE 9, 3.982 47 FR 25011
497

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.59 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW MISCELLANEOUS
METAL PARTS AND PRODUCTS SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility that commences construction or modification on or after
May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given to them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means a coating line located at job shops
and original equipment manufacturing industries which apply
coatings on metal substrates not elsewhere subject to regulation
in this chapter.
(2) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating, including but not limited to: dipping, spraying, or
flow-coating.
(3) “Flashoff area” means only one (1) film of coating is applied
to the metal substrate.
(4) “single coat” means only one (1) film of coating is applied
to the metal substrate.
(5) “Prime coat” means the first of two (2) or more films of
coating applied in an operation.
(6) “Topcoat” means the final film or series of films of coating
applied in a two (2) coat (or more) operation.
(7) “Coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any prime, topcoat or single coatings
containing volatile organic compounds. This shall include, but
is not limited to:
(a) Mixing operations;
(b) Process storage;
(c) Applicators;
(d) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization;
(e) Clean up operation;
(f) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(g) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(h) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one (1) coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of
which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile
organic compound it receives from or distributes to each coating
line;
498

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(i) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 6, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
(8) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than one-tenth
(0.1) mm Hg at conditions of twenty (20) degrees Celsius and 760
mm Hg.
(9) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface
coatings, volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile
organic compounds; but does not mean storage tanks which are
subject to 401 KAR 59:050 or 401 KAR 61:050.
(10) “Miscellaneous metal parts and products” means items
including but not limited to:
(a) Large farm machinery (harvesting, fertilizing and planting
machines, tractors, combines, etc.);
(b) Small farm machinery (lawn and garden tractors, lawn
mowers, rototillers, etc.);
(C) Small appliances (fans, mixers, blenders, crock pots,
dehumidifiers, vacuum cleaners, etc.);
(d) Commercial machinery (computers and auxiliary equipment,
typewriters, calculators, vending machines, etc.);
(e) Industrial machinery (pumps, compressors, conveyer
components, fans, blowers, transformers, etc.);
(f) Fabricated metal products (metal covered doors, frames,
etc.); and
(g) Any other industrial category not otherwise subject to
regulation in this chapter which coats metal parts or products.
(11) “Heat sensitive material” means materials which cannot be
exposed to temperatures greater than eighty-two (82) to ninety-
three (93) 0 C (180° — 200°F).
(12) “Air or forced air—dried items” means parts that are too
large or too heavy for practical size ovens; parts that are
sensitive to heat; parts to which heat sensitive materials are
attached; or equipment assembled prior to top coating for
specific performance or quality standards.
(13) “Outdoor or harsh exposure or extreme environmental
conditions” means exposure to any of the following: year round
weather conditions, temperatures consistently above ninety-five
(95) °Celsius, detergents, scouring, solvents, corrosive
atmospheres; and similar environmental conditions.
(14) “Classification dates” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(15) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total
amount of volatile organic compounds input to the affected
499

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH t ’
facility minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are
not emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that
are prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compound net input. When
the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such as to
permit more than one (1) interpretation of this definition, the
interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable
emissions shall apply.
SECTION 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.
No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than fifteen(l5) percent by
weight of the volatile organic compounds net input into the
affected facility.
SECTION 4. Compliance.
(1) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the department.
(2) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases where
the department determines that a material balance is not
possible. For those cases where a material balance is not
possible, compliance will be determined based upon an engineering
analysis by the department of: the control system design, control
device efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any
other factors that could influence the performance of the system.
If so requested by the department, performance tests as specified
by the department shall be conducted in order to determine the
efficiency of the control device.
(3) With the prior approval of the department, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
Section 5.
(4) Whenever deemed necessary by the department, the department
shall obtain samples of the coatings used at an affected facility
to verify that the coatings meet the requirements in Section 5.
The following methods of analyses, filed by reference in 401 KAR
50:015, for coating shall be used as applicable except in those
cases where the department determines that other methods would be
more appropriate:
(a) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(b) ASTM D 1475—60(74);
(C) ASTM D 2369—73; or
(d) Federal Standard 141 a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. Exemptions.
(1) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
Section 3 if the volatile organic compound content of coating is:
(a) Less than 0.52 kg/l of coating (4.3 lb/gal), excluding water,
500

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
delivered to applicators associated with clear coat;
(b) Less than 0.42 kg/l of coating (3.5 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with air or forced air-dried
items or items subject to outdoor or harsh exposure or extreme
environmental conditions;
(C) Less than 0.36 kg/i of coating (3.5 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with color coat or first coat or
untreated ferrous substrate; or
(d) Less than 0.50 kg/l of powder coating (0.4 lb/gal) delivered to
applicators associated with no or infrequent color change, or a small
number of colors applied.
(2) The surface coating of the following metal parts and products are
exempt from this regulation:
(a) The exterior of airplanes and marine vessels, but not parts for
the exterior of airplanes and marine vessels that are coated as a
separate manufacturing or coating operation;
(b) Automobile refinishing; and
(C) Customized top coating of automobiles and trucks, if production
is less than thirty-five (35) vehicles per day.
(3) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
Section 3 if the total volatile organic compound emissions from all
affected facilities subject to this regulation are less than or equal
to twenty (20) tons per year.
SECTION 6. Variances.
Variation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will be
considered by the department on a case—by—case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a source.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall
have the meaning given to them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means a coating line located at job shops
and original equipment manufacturing industries which apply
coatings on metal substrates not elsewhere subject to regulation
in this chapter.
(2) “Applicator” means the mechanism or device used to apply the
coating, including but not limited to: dipping, spraying, or
flow-coating.
(3) “Flashoff area” means only one (1) film of coating is applied
to the metal substrate.
(4) “single coat” means only one (1) film of coating is applied
to the metal substrate.
(5) “Prime coat” means the first of two (2) or more films of
coating applied in an operation.
(6) “Topcoat” means the final film or series of films of coating
501

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
applied in a two (2) coat (or more) operation.
(7) “coating line” means a series of equipment and/or operations
used to apply, dry, or cure any prime, topcoat or single coatings
containing volatile organic compounds. This shall include, but
is not limited to:
(a) Mixing operations;
(b) Process storage;
(c) Applicators;
(d) Drying operations including, but not limited to, flashoff
area evaporation, oven drying, baking, curing, and
polymerization;
(e) Clean up operation;
(f) Leaks, spills and disposal of volatile organic compounds;
(g) Processing and handling of recovered volatile organic
compounds;
(h) For the purposes of determining compliance with this
regulation, if any equipment or operation could be considered to
be a part of more than one (1) coating line, its volatile organic
compound emissions shall be assigned to each coating line of
which it is a part proportionally to the throughput of volatile
organic compound it receives from or distributes to each coating
line;
(1) If any portion of the series of equipment and/or operations
qualify for an exemption according to Section 6, then that
portion shall be considered to be a separate coating line.
(8) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of
carbon (excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide, carbonic acid, metallic carbides, and ammonium
carbonate) which have a vapor pressure greater than one-tenth
(0.1) mm Hg at conditions of twenty (20) degrees Celsius and 760
mm Hg.
(9) “Process storage” means mixing tanks, holding tanks, and
other tanks, drums, or other containers which contain surface
coatings, volatile organic compounds, or recovered volatile
organic compounds; but does not mean storage tanks which are
subject to 401 KAR 59:050 or 401 KAR 61:050.
(10) “Miscellaneous metal parts and products” means items
including but not limited to:
(a) Large farm machinery (harvesting, fertilizing and planting
machines, tractors, combines, etc.);
(b) Small farm machinery (lawn and garden tractors, lawn
mowers, rototillers, etc.);
(c) Small appliances (fans, mixers, blenders, crock pots,
dehumidifiers, vacuum cleaners, etc.);
(d) Commercial machinery (computers and auxiliary equipment,
typewriters, calculators, vending machines, etc.);
(e) Industrial machinery (pumps, compressors, conveyer
components, fans, blowers, transformers, etc.);
(f) Fabricated metal products (metal covered doors, frames,
etc.); and
(g) Any other industrial category not otherwise subject to
502

-------
PRINTED AUGUST- 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
regulation in this chapter which coats metal parts or products.
(11) “Heat sensitive material” means materials which cannot be
exposed to temperatures greater than eighty-two (82) to ninety-
three (93) °C (180° — 200°F).
(12) “Air or forced air—dried items” means parts that are too
large or too heavy for practical size ovens; parts that are
sensitive to heat; parts to which heat sensitive materials are
attached; or equipment assembled prior to top coating for
specific performance or quality standards.
(13) “Outdoor or harsh exposure or extreme environmental
conditions” means exposure to any of the following: year round
weather conditions, temperatures consistently above ninety-five
(95) °Celsius, detergents, scouring, solvents, corrosive
atmospheres; and similar environmental conditions.
(14) “Classification dates” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(15) “Volatile organic compounds net input” means the total
amount of volatile organic compounds input to the affected
facility minus the amount of volatile organic compounds that are
not emitted into the atmosphere. Volatile organic compounds that
are prevented from being emitted to the atmosphere by the use of
control devices shall not be subtracted from the total for the
purposes of determining volatile organic compound net input. When
the nature of any operation or design of equipment is such as to
permit more than one (1) interpretation of this definition, the
interpretation that results in the minimum value for allowable
emissions shall apply.
SECTION 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.
No person shall cause, allow, or permit an affected facility to
discharge into the atmosphere more than fifteen(l5) percent by
weight of the volatile organic compounds net input into the
affected facility.
SECTION 4. Compliance.
(1) In all cases the design of any control system is subject to
approval by the department.
(2) Compliance with the standard in Section 3 shall be
demonstrated by a material balance except in those cases where
the department determines that a material balance is not
possible. For those cases where a material balance is not
possible, compliance will be determined based upon an engineering
analysis by the department of: the control system design, control
device efficiency, control system capture efficiency, and any
other factors that could influence the performance of the system.
If so requested by the department, performance tests as specified
by the department shall be conducted in order to determine the
efficiency of the control device.
503

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TW’
(3) With the prior approval of the department, the owner or
operator may elect to effect such changes in the affected
facility as are necessary to qualify for an exemption under
Section 5.
(4) Whenever deemed necessary by the department, the department
shall obtain samples of the coatings used at an affected facility
to verify that the coatings meet the requirements in Section 5.
The following methods of analyses, filed by reference in 401 KAR
50:015, for coating shall be used as applicable except in those
cases where the department determines that other methods would be
more appropriate:
(a) ASTM D 1644-75 Method A;
(b) ASTM D 1475—60(74);
(C) ASTM D 2369—73; or
(d) Federal Standard 141 a, Method 4082.1.
SECTION 5. Exemptions.
(1) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
Section 3 if the volatile organic compound content of coating is:
(a) Less than 0.52 kg/i of coating (4.3 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with clear coat;
(b) Less than 0.42 kg/l of coating (3.5 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with air or forced air-dried
items or items subject to outdoor or harsh exposure or extreme
environmental conditions;
(C) Less than 0.36 kg/l of coating (3.5 lb/gal), excluding water,
delivered to applicators associated with color coat or first coat or
untreated ferrous substrate; or
(d) Less than 0.50 kg/i of powder coating (0.4 lb/gal) delivered to
applicators associated with no or infrequent color change, or a small
number of colors applied.
(2) The surface coating of the following metal parts and products are
exempt from this regulation:
(a) The exterior of airplanes and marine vessels, but not parts for
the exterior of airplanes and marine vessels ,that are coated as a
separate manufacturing or coating operation;
(b) Automobile refinishing; and
(C) Customized top coating of automobiles and trucks, if production
is less than thirty-five (35) vehicles per day.
(3) Any affected facility shall be exempt from the provisions of
Section 3 if the total volatile organic compound emissions from all
affected facilities subject to this regulation are less than or equal
to twenty (20) tons per year.
SECTION 6. Variances.
Variation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will be
considered by the department on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a source.
504

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
Adopted 5—20—81; effective 5—20—81; amended 4—20—82, 2—19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
S
505

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.60 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW SYNTHESIZED
PHARMACEUTICAL PRODUCT MANUFACTURING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall have
the meaning given to them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means operations involved in the manufacture
of pharmaceutical products by chemical synthesis, but does not
include fermentation, extraction, or formulation and packaging.
(2) “Extraction” means the manufacture of botanical and biological
products by the extraction of organic compounds from vegetative
materials or animal tissues.
(3) “Fermentation” means the production and separation of medicinal
chemicals such as antibiotics and vitamins from microorganisms.
(4) “Formulation and packaging” means the formulation of bulk
pharmaceuticals into various dosage forms such as tablets, capsules,
injectable solutions, ointments, etc. that can be taken by the
patient immediately and in accurate amount.
(5) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of carbon
(excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic
acid, metallic carbides, and ainmonium carbonate) which have a vapor
pressure greater than one-tenth (0.1) mm Hg at conditions of twenty
(20) degrees Celsius and 760 mm Hg.
(6) “Classification date” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(7) “kPa” means kilopascals.
(8) “psi” means pounds per square inch.
SECTION 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.
The owner or operator of an affected facility to which this
regulation applies shall install, maintain and operate the control
equipment and observe at all times the following operating
requirements:
(1) (a) Each vent from reactors, distillation operations,
crystallizers, centrifuges, and vacuum dryers that emit 6.8
kg/day (fifteen (15) lb/day) or more of volatile organic
compounds shall be equipped with surface condensers or other
methods of control which provide emission reductions equivalent
to the use of surface condensers which meet the requirements in
paragraph (b) of this subsection.
506

-------
PRINTED AUGUST- 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(b) If surface condensers are used, the condenser outlet gas
temperature shall not exceed the following temperatures (degrees
Celsius) when condensing volatile organic compounds with the
respective minimum vapor pressure (kilopascals). All vapor pressures
are measured to twenty (20) degrees Celsius.
1. Negative twenty-five ç25)°C; forty (40)kPa (5.8 psi);
2. Negative fifteen (15) C; twenty (20) kPa (2.9 psi);
3. Zero (0)°C; ten (10)kPa (1.5 psi);
4. Ten (10)°C: Seven (7) kPa (1.0 psi); and
5. Twenty—five (25) 0 C, 3.5 kPa (0.5 psi).
(2) (a) For air dryers and production equipment exhaust systems that
emit 150kg/day (330 lbs/day) or more of volatile organic compounds,
emission shall be reduced ninety (90) percent.
(b) For air dryers and production equipment exhaust systems that
emit less than 150 kg/day (330 lbs/day), emissions shall be reduced
to fifteen (15) kg/day (thirty-three(33) lbs/day).
(3) (a) For storage tanks storing volatile organic compounds with a
vapor pressure greater than twenty-eight (28)kPa(4.1 psi) at twenty
(20) 0 C, one(1) liter of displaced vapor shall be allowed to be
released to the atmosphere for every ten (10) liters transferred
(i.e., a ninety (90) percent effective vapor balance or equivalent) on
truck/rail car delivery to all tanks greater than 7,500 L(2,000 gal)
capacity except where tanks are equipped with floating roofs, vapor
recovery systems, or their equivalent. This requirement does not
apply to transfer of volatile organic compounds from one (1) in-plant
location to another.
(b) For tanks storing volatile organic compounds with a vapor
pressure greater than ten (10) kPa (1.5 psi) at twenty (20)°C,
pressure/vacuum conservation vents shall be set at plus or minus 0.2
kPa, except where more effective air pollution control is used.
(4) All centrifuges containing volatile organic compounds, rotary
vacuum filters processing liquid containing volatile organic
compounds and any other filters having an exposed liquid surface
where the liquids exerting a total volatile organic comgounds vapor
pressure of 3.5 kPa (0.5 psi) or more than twenty (20) C.
(5) All in-process tanks containing volatile organic compound at any
time shall have covers which shall be closed except for short periods
when production, sampling, maintenance, or inspection procedures
require operator access.
(6) For liquids containing volatile organic compounds, all leaks in
which liquid can be observed to be running or dripping vessels and
equipment (for example: pumps, valves, flanges) shall be repaired
within fifteen (15) days. A visual recheck shall be made after
repair. If the leak is still present or a new leak is created by
the repair, further maintenance shall be performed until the
volatile organic compound emission drops below the screening
value (observed to be running or dripping). Leaks that cannot be
repaired within fifteen (15) days shall be repaired during the
next scheduled turnaround, or if unable to be brought into
507

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
compliance, a variance shall be requested and obtained on an
individual basis. Leak detection/maintenance and repair
procedures shall include maintaining a log identifying when the
leak occurred and reporting every ninety(90) days those leaks not
repaired after fifteen (15) days. The operators shall retain the
survey log for two (2) years after the inspection is completed.
SECTION 4. Compliance Procedures.
Compliance will be determined based upon an engineering analysis by
the department of: control system design, control device efficiency,
control system capture efficiency, and any other factors that could
influence the performance of the system. If so requested by the
department, performance tests as specified by the department shall be
conducted in order to determine the efficiency of the control device.
SECTION 5. Monitoring Requirements.
When adsorbers, condensers, incinerators or scrubbers are used to
achieve compliance with Section 3, the following monitoring devices
shall be an integral part of the control device:
(1) For carbon adsorbers, a monitoring device connected to an alarm
device, which indicates carbon bed breakthrough;
(2) For condensers, a temperature securing device located in the exit
gas stream;
(3) For incinerators, temperature securing devices located in the
combustion chamber for thermal incinerators and in the catalyst pre-
heat chamber for catalytic incinerators; and
(4) For scrubbers, flow meters for measuring flow rate of scrubbing
medium or pressure drop measuring devices indicating back pressure
and pressure drop across the scrubber.
SECTION 6. Variances.
Variation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will be
considered by the department on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances whicF are unique, to a source.
Adopted 5—20—81; effective 5-20-81; amended 4—20—82.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
508

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.6]. STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW PNEUMATIC RUBBER
TIRE MANUFACTURING PLANTS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after May 20, 1981.
SECTION 2. Definitions.
As used in this regulation, all terms not defined herein shall have
the meaning given to them in 401 KAR 50:010.
(1) “Affected facility” means undertread cementers, tread end
cementers, bead dip tanks, and green tire spray booths associated
with the manufacture of pneumatic rubber tires.
(2) “Manufacture of pneumatic rubber tires” means the mass production
of pneumatic rubber tires.
(3) “Pneumatic rubber tires” means agricultural, airplane,
industrial, mobile home, light and medium duty truck, and passenger
vehicle tires of bead diameter up to .51 in (twenty (20) in) and
cross-sectional dimension up to .33 in (12.8 in).
(4) “Volatile organic compounds” means chemical compounds of carbon
(excluding methane, ethane, carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, carbonic
acid, metallic carbides, and anunonium carbonate) which have a vapor
pressure greater than one-tenth (0.1) mm Hg at conditions of
twenty(20) degrees Celsius and 760 mm Hg.
(5) “Classification date” means the effective date of this
regulation.
(6) “Water based sprays” means release compounds, sprayed on the
inside and outside of green tires, in which solids, water, and
emulsifiers have been substituted for organic solvents.
SECTION 3. Standard for Volatile Organic Compounds.
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install, maintain
and operate capture and control equipment to achieve the following:
(1) Emissions from undertread cemnenters, tread and cementers and bead
dip tanks shall be reduced by at least seventy-six (76) percent; and
(2) Emissions from green tire spray booths shall be reduced by at
least eighty-one (81) percent. This requirement is not applicable to
green tire spray booths using water based sprays.
SECTION 4. Compliance.
Compliance will be determined based upon an engineering analysis by
the department of: the control system design, control device
efficiency, control system capture efficiency and any other factors
that could influence the performance of the system. If so requested
by the department, performance tests as specified by the department
shall be conducted in order to determine the efficiency of the
509

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
control device.
SECTION 5. Variances.
Variation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information, will be
considered by the department on a case-by-case basis to allow for
technological or economic circumstances which are unique to a source.
Adopted 5—20—81; effective 5—20—81; amended 4—20—82.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg:OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
510

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.62 STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW STATIONARY GAS
TURBINES
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new stationary gas turbines contained
in 40 CFR 60, Subpart GG, as published in the Code of Federal
Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80, July 1, 1983, and as
Fed. Reg. 30672 (1984) is hereby adopted and filed herein by
reference.
SECTION 2. SU1INARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart GG, limits emissions of nitrogen oxides and sulfur
dioxide from all new stationary gas turbines that commenced
construction, modification, or reconstruction after October 3,
1977. All stationary gas turbines with a heat input at peak load
equal to or greater than 10.7 gigajoules per hour, based on the
lower heating value of the fuel fired, are subjected to the
provisions of this regulation.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA” and “Agency” shall be read as
“District” and “this subpart” shall be read as “this regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
Adopted 5—20—81; effective 5—20—81; amended 11—16—83, 2—19—86.
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
511

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.63 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW ELECTRIC UTILITY
STEAM GENERATING UNITS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after September 18, 1978. This
regulation applies to electric utility combined cycles gas
turbines that are capable of combusting more than 250 MM BTU/hr
heat input of fossil fuel in the steam generator. Only emissions
resulting from the combustion of fuels in the affected facility
are subject to this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
(1) “Affected facility” means each electric utility steam
generating unit that is capable of combusting more than 250 MM
BTU/hr heat input of fossil fuel. For an electric utility
combined cycle gas turbine the affected facility is that part of
the system that is the steam generating unit. The gas turbine is
subject to 401 KAR 59:018.
(2) “Classification date” means September 19, 1978.
(3) “Steam generating unit” means any furnace, boiler, or other
device used for combusting fuel for the purpose of producing
steam (including fossil-fuel-fired steam generators associated
with combined cycle gas turbines; nuclear steam generators are
not included).
(4) “Electric utility steam generating unit” means any steam
electric generating unit that is constructed for the purpose of
supplying more than one-third (1/3) of its potential electric
output capacity and more than twenty-five (25) megawatts (MW)
electrical output to any utility power distribution system for
sale. Any steam supplied to a steam distribution system for the
purpose of providing steam to a steam electric generator that
would produce electrical energy for sale is also considered in
determining the electrical energy output capacity of the affected
facility.
(5) “Fossil fuel” means natural gas, petroleum, coal, and any
form of solid, liquid or gaseous fuel derived from such material
for the purpose of creating useful heat.
(6) “Subbituzninous coal” means coal that is classified as
subbituminous A,B or C according to ASTM D 388-66, filed by
reference in 401 KAR 50:015.
(7) “Lignite” means coal that is classified as lignite A or B
according to ASTM D 388-66.
(8) “Coal refuse” means waste products of coal mining, physical
coal cleaning, and coal preparation operations (e.g., culin, gob,
etc.) containing coal, matrix material, clay and other organic
512

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
and inorganic material.
(9) “Potential combustion concentration” means the theoretical
emissions (lb/MN BTU heat input) that would result from
combustion of a fuel in an uncleaned state (without emission
control systems) and;
(a) For particulate matter is:
1. 7.0 lb/MN BTU heat input for solid fuel; and
2. 0.17 lb/MN BTU heat input for liquid fuels.
(b) For sulfur dioxide is determined as in Section 8(2).
(c) For nitrogen oxides is:
1. 0.67 lb/MN BTU heat input for gaseous fuels;
2. 0.72 lb/MN BTU heat input for liquid fuels; and
3. 2.30 lb/MN BTU heat input for solid fuels.
(10) “combined cycle gas turbine” means a stationary turbine
combustion system where heat from the turbine exhaust gases is
recovered by a steam generating unit.
(11) “Interconnected” means that two (2) or more electric
generating units are electrically tied together by a network of
power transmission lines, and other power transmission equipment.
(12) “Electric utility company” means the largest interconnected
organization, business or governmental entity that generates
electric power for sale (e.g., a holding company with operating
subsidiary companies).
(13) “Principal company” means the electric utility company or
companies which own the affected facility.
(14) “Neighboring company” means any one (1) of those electric
utility companies with one (1) or more electric power
interconnections to the principal company and which have
geographically adjoining service areas.
(15) “Net system capacity” means the sum of the electric
generating capability (not necessarily equal to rated capacity)
of all electric generating equipment owned by an electric utility
company (including steam generating units, internal combustion
engines, gas turbines, nuclear units, hydroelectric units and all
other electric generating equipment) plus firm contractual
purchases that are interconnected to the affected facility that
has the malfunctioning flue gas desulfurization (FGD) system.
The electric generating capability of equipment under multiple
ownership is prorated based on ownership unless the proportional
entitlement to electric output is otherwise established by
contractual arrangement.
(16) “System load” means the entire electric demand of an
electric utility company’s service area interconnected with the
affected facility that has the malfunctioning flue gas
desulfurization (FGD) system plus firm contractual sales to other
electric utility companies. Sales to other electric utility
companies (e.g., emergency power) not on a firm contractual basis
513

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
may also be included in the system load when no available system
capacity exists in the electric utility company to which the
power is supplied for sale.
(17) “System emergency reserves” means an ainountof electric
generating capacity equivalent to the rated capacity of the
single largest electric generating unit in the electric utility
company (including steam generating units, internal combustion
engines, gas turbines, nuclear units, hydroelectric units, and
all other electric generating equipment) which is interconnected
with the affected facility that has the malfunctioning flue gas
desulfurization (FGD) system. The electric generating capability
of equipment under multiple ownership is prorated based on
ownership unless the proportional entitlement to electric output
is otherwise established by contractual arrangement.
(18) “Available system capacity” means the capacity determined by
subtracting the system load and the system emergency reserves
from the net system capacity.
(19) “Spinning reserve” means the sum of the unutilized net
generating capability of all units of the electric utility
company that are synchronized to the power distribution system
and that are capable of immediately accepting additional load.
The electric generating capability of equipment under multiple
ownership is prorated based on ownership unless the proportional
entitlement to electric output is otherwise established by
contractual arrangement.
(20) “Available purchase power” means the lesser of the
following:
(a) The sum of available system capacity in all neighboring
companies;
(b) The sum of the rated capacities of the power
interconnection devices between the principal company and all
neighboring companies, minus the sum of the electric power load
on these interconnections; or
(C) The rated capacity of the power transmission lines between
the power interconnection devices and the electric generating
units (the unit is the principal company that has the
malfunctioning flue gas desulfurization (FGD) system and the unit
in the neighboring company supplying replacement electrical
power) minus the electric power load on these transmission lines.
(21) “Spare flue gas desulfurization (FGD) system module” means a
separate system of sulfur dioxide emission control equipment
capable of treating an amount of flue gas equal to the total
amount of the flue gas generated by an affected facility when
operated at maximum capacity divided by the total number of
nonspare flue gas desulfurization (FG) modules in the system.
(22) “Emergency condition” means that period of time when:
(a) The electric generation output of an affected facility with
a malfunctioning flue gas desulfurization (FGD) system cannot be
reduced or electrical output must be increased because:
514

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
1. All available system capacity in the principal company
interconnected with the affected facility is being operated; and
2. All available purchase power interconnected with the
affected facility is being obtained;
(b) The electric generation demand is being shifted as quickly
as possible from an affected facility with a malfunctioning flue
gas desulfurization (FGD) system to one (1) or more electrical
generating units held in reserve by the principal company or by
a neighboring company; or
(C) An affected facility with a malfunctioning flue gas
desulfurization (FGD) system becomes the only available unit to
maintain a part or all of the principal company’s system
emergency reserves and the unit is operated in spinning reserve
at the lowest practical electric generation load consistent with
not causing significant physical damage to the unit. If the unit
is operated at a higher load to meet load demand, an emergency
condition would not exist unless the conditions under paragraph
(a) of this subsection apply.
(23) “Electric utility combined cycle gas turbine” means any
combined cycle gas turbine used for electric generation that is
constructed for the purpose of supplying more than one-third
(1/3) of its potential electric output capacity and more than
twenty-five (25) megawatts (MW) electrical output to any utility
power distribution system for sale. Any steam distribution
system that is constructed for the purpose of providing steam to
a steam electric generator that would produce electrical power
for sale is also considered in determining the electrical energy
output capacity of the affected facility.
(24) “Potential electrical output capacity” means thirty-three
(33) percent of the maximum design heat input capacity of the
steam generating unit (e.g., a steam generating unit with a 100
MW or 340 MM BTU/hr fossil-fuel heat input capacity would have a
thirty-three (33) MW potential electrical output capacity). For
electric utility combined cycle gas turbines the potential
electrical output capacity is determined on the basis of the
fossil-fuel firing capacity of the steam generator exclusive of
the heat input and electrical power contribution by the gas
turbine.
(25) “Anthracite” means coal that is classified as anthracite
according to ASTM D 388-66.
(26) “Solid—derived fuel” means any solid, liquid or gaseous fuel
derived from solid fuel for the purpose of creating useful heat
and includes, but is not limited to, solvent refined coal,
liquefied coal and gasified coal.
(27) “Twenty-four (24) hour period” means a facility that
combusts more than seventy-five (75) percent non-fossil fuel on a
quarterly (calendar) heat input basis.
(28) “Resource recovery unit” means a facility that combusts more
than seventy-five (75) percent non—fossil fuel on a quarterly
515

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH ”
(calendar) heat input basis.
(29) “Boiler operating day” means a twenty-four (24) hour period
during which fossil fuel is combusted in a steam generating heat
for the entire twenty-four (24) hours.
(30) “MW” means megawatts.
(31) “FGD” means fuel gas desulfurization.
SECTION 3. Standard for Particulate Matter.
(1) On and after the date on which the performance test required
to be conducted by 401 KAR 50:045 is completed, no owner or
operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall cause
to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected facility
any gases which contain particulate matter in excess of:
(a) 0.03 lb/MM BTU heat input derived from the combustion of
solid, liquid or gaseous fuel;
(b) One (1) percent of the potential combustion concentration
(ninety-nine (99) percent reduction) when combusting solid fuel;
and
(C) Thirty (30) percent of potential combustion concentration
(seventy (70) percent reduction) when combusting liquid fuel.
(2) On and after the date the particulate matter performance test
required to be conducted by 401 KAR 50:045 is completed, no owner
or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
facility any gases with exhibit greater than twenty (20) percent
opacity (six (6) minute average), except for one (1) six (6)
minute period per hour of not more than twenty—seven (27) percent
opacity.
SECTION 4. Standard for Sulfur Dioxide.
(1) On and after the date on which the initial performance test
required to be conducted by 401 KAR 50:045 is completed, no owner
or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
facility which combusts solid fuel or solid-derived fuel, except
as provided in subsections (3),(4),(5) or (7) of this section,
any gases which contain sulfur dioxide in excess of:
(a) 1.20 lb/MM BTU heat input and ten (10) percent of the
potential combustion concentration (ninety(90) percent
reduction); or
(b) Thirty (30) percent of the potential combustion
concentration (seventy(70) percent reduction), when emissions are
less than 0.60 lb/MM BTU heat input.
(2) On and after the date on which the initial performance test
required to be conducted by 401 KAR 50:045 is completed, no owner
or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
facility which combusts liquid or gaseous fuels (except for
516

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
liquid or gaseous fuels derived from solid fuels and as provided
under subsection (7) of this section), any gases which contain
sulfur dioxide in excess of:
(a) 0.80 lb/MN BTU heat input and ten (10) percent of the
potential combustion concentration (ninety(90) percent
reduction); or
(b) 100 percent of the potential combustion concentration (zero
percent reduction) when emissions are less than 0.20 lb/MM BTU
heat input.
(3) On and after the date on which the initial performance test
required to be conducted by 401 KAR 50:045 is completed, no owner
or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
facility which combusts solid solvent refined coal (SRC-1) any
gases which contain sulfur dioxide in excess of 1.20 lb/MM BTU
heat input and fifteen (15) percent of the potential combustion
concentration (eighty-five (85) percent reduction) except as
provided by subsection (5) of this section. Compliance with the
emission limitation is determined on a thirty (30) day rolling
average basis and compliance with the percent reduction
requirement is determined on a twenty-four (24) hour basis.
(4) Sulfur dioxide emissions are limited to 1.20 lb/MN BTU heat
input from any affected facility which combusts 100 percent
anthracite or is classified as a resource recovery facility.
(5) The emission reduction requirements under this section do not
apply to any affected facility that is operated under an SO 2
commercial demonstration permit issued by the U.S. EPA.
(6) Compliance with the emission limitation and percent reduction
requirements under this section are both determined on a thirty
(30) day rolling average basis except as provided under
subsection (3) of this section.
(7) When different fuels are combusted simultaneously, the
applicable standard is determined by proration using the
appropriate formula given in Appendix A to this regulation.
SECTION 5. Standard for Nitrogen Oxides.
(1) On and after the date on which the initial performance test
required to be conducted by 401 KAR 50:045 is completed, no owner
or operator subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere from any affected
facility, except as provided under subsection (3) of this
section, any gases which contain nitrogen oxides in excess of
the following emissions limits, based on a thirty(30) day rolling
average.
(a) For coal-derived gaseous fuels: 0.5 lb/MN BTU heat input;
for all other gaseous fuels: 0.2 lb/MN BTU heat input.
(b) For coal-derived liquid fuels: 0.5 lb/MM BTU heat input;
for shale oil: 0.5 lb/MM BTU heat input; for all other liquid
fuels: 0.3 lb/MM BTU heat input.
517

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(C) For coal-derived solid fuels and for subbituminous coal:
0.5 lb/MM BTU heat input; for lignite not subject to the 0.8
lb/MN BTU heat input emission limit, for bituminous coal, for
anthracite coal and for all other solid fuels: 0.6 lb/MN BTU heat
input. Any fuel containing more than twenty-five (25) percent by
weight coal refuse is exempt from NO standards and from NOx
monitoring requirements.
(d) For any fuel containing more than twenty-five (25) percent
by weight lignite, if the lignite is mined in North Dakota, South
Dakota or Montana, and is combusted in a slag tap furnace: 0.8
lb/MN BTU heat input.
(2) The NO reduction requirements are as follows:
(a) For gaseous fuels: twenty-five (25) percent reduction of
potential combustion concentration.
(b) For liquid fuels: thirty (30) percent reduction of
potential combustion concentration.
(C) For solid fuels: sixty-five (65) percent reduction of
potential combustion concentration.
(3) The emission limitations under subsection (1) of this
section do not apply to any affected facility which is combusting
coal-derived liquid fuel and is operating under a commercial
demonstration permit issued by the U.S. EPA.
(4) When two (2) or more fuels are combusted simultaneously, the
applicable standard is determined by proration using the formula
in Appendix B of this regulation.
SECTION 6. Compliance Provisions.
(1) Compliance with the particulate matter emission limitation
under Section (3) (1) (a) constitutes compliance with the percent
reduction requirements for particulate matter under Section
3(1)(b) and (C).
(2) Compliance with the nitrogen oxides emission limitation under
Section 5(1) constitutes compliance with the present reduction
requirements under Section 5(2).
(3) The particulate matter emission standards under Section 3 and
the nitrogen oxides emission standards under Section 5 apply at
all times except during periods of startup, shutdown, or
malfunction. The sulfur dioxide emission standards under Section
4 apply at all times except during periods of startup, shutdown,
or when both emergency conditions exist and the procedures under
subsection (4) of this section are implemented.
(4) During emergency conditions in the principal company, an
affected facility with a malfunctioning FGD system may be
operated if sulfur dioxide emissions are minimized by:
(a) Operating all operable FGD system modules, and bringing
back into operation any malfunctioned module as soon as repairs
are completed;
(b) Bypassing flue gases around only those FGD system modules
518

-------
PRINTED AUGUST. 30, 1989 °LOSIP.4TH”
that have been taken out of operation because they were incapable
of any sulfur dioxide emission reductions or which would have
suffered significant physical damage if they had remained in
operation; and
(C) Designing, constructing, and operating a spare FGD system
module for an affected facility larger than 365 MW (1,250 MM
BTU/hr) heat input (approximately 125 MW electrical output
capacity). The department may require the owner or operator
within sixty (60) days of notification to demonstrate spare
module capacity. To demonstrate this capability, the owner or
operator must demonstrate compliance with the appropriate
requirements of Sections4 (1),(2) and (4), for any period of
operation lasting from twenty-four (24) hours to thirty (30)_
days when:
1. Any one (1) FGD module is not operated;
2. The affected facility is operating at the maximum heat
input rate;
3. The fuel fired during the twenty—four (24) hour to
thirty (30) day period is representative of the type and average
sulfur content of fuel used over the typical thirty (30) day
period; and
4. The owner or operator has given the department at least
thirty (30) days notice of the date and period of time over which
the demonstration will be performed.
(5) After the initial performance test required by 401 KAR
50:045, compliance with the sulfur dioxide emission limitations
and percentage reduction requirements under Section 4 and the
nitrogen oxides emission limitations under Section 5 is based on
the average emission rate for thirty (30) successive boiler
operating days. A separate performance test is completed at the
end of each boiler operating day after the initial performance
test, and a new thirty (30) day average emission rate for both
sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides and a new percent reduction
for sulfur dioxide are calculated to show compliance with the
standards.
(6) For the initial performance test required by 401 KAR 50:045
compliance with the sulfur dioxide emission limitations and
percent reduction requirements under Section 4 and the nitrogen
oxides emission limitation under Section 5 is based on the
average emission rates for sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, and
percent reduction for sulfur dioxide for the first thirty (30)
successive boiler operating days. The initial performance test
is the only test in which at least thirty (30) days prior notice
is required unless otherwise specified by the department. The
initial performance test is to be scheduled so that the first
boiler operating day of the thirty (30) successive boiler
operating days is completed within sixty (60) days after
achieving the maximum production rate at which the affected
facility will be operated, but not later than 180 days after
initial startup of the facility.
(7) Compliance is determined by calculating the arithmetic
average of all hourly emission rates for SO 2 and NO for the
519

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LCSIP.4TH”
thirty (30) successive boiler operating days, except for data
obtained during startup, shutdown,malfunction (NOX only), or
emergency conditions (SO 2 only). Compliance with the percentage
reduction requirement for SO 2 is determined based on the average
inlet and average outlet SO 2 emission rates for the thirty (30)
successive boiler operating days.
(8) If an owner or operator has not obtained the minimum quantity
of emission data as required under Section 7, compliance of the
affected facility with the emission requirements under Sections 4
and 5 for the day on which the thirty (30) day period ends may be
determined by the department by following the applicable
procedures in sections 6.0 and 7.0 of Reference Method 19, filed
by reference in 401 KAR 50:015.
SECTION 7. Emission monitoring.
(1) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system,
and record the output of the system for measuring the opacity of
emissions discharged to the atmosphere, except where gaseous fuel
is the only fuel combusted. If opacity interference due to water
droplets exists in the stack (for example, from the use of a FGD
system), the opacity is monitored upstream of the interference
(at the inlet to the FGD system). If opacity interference is
experienced at all locations (both at the inlet and outlet of the
sulfur dioxide control system), alternate parameters indicative
of the particulate matter control system’s performance shall be
monitored, subject to the approval of the department.
(2) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system,
and record the output of the system for measuring sulfur dioxide
emissions, except where natural gas is the only fuel combusted as
follows:
(a) Sulfur dioxide emissions are monitored at both the inlet
and outlet of the sulfur dioxide control device.
(b) For a facility which qualifies under the provisions of
Section 4(4), sulfur dioxide emissions are or ly monitored as
discharged to the atmosphere.
(C) An “as fired” fuel monitoring system (upstream of coal
pulverizers) meeting the requirements of Reference Method 19 may
be used to determine potential sulfur dioxide emissions in place
of a continuous sulfur dioxide emission monitor at the inlet to
the sulfur dioxide control device as required under paragraph (a)
of this subsection.
(3) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system,
and record the output of the system for measuring nitrogen oxide
emissions discharged into the atmosphere.
(4) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and operate a continuous monitoring system,
and record the output of the system for measuring the oxygen or
520

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
carbon dioxide content of the flue gases at each location where
sulfur dioxide or nitrogen oxides emissions are monitored.
(5) The continuous monitoring systems under subsections (2) to
(4) of this section shall be operated and data shall be recorded
during all periods of operation of the affected facility
including periods of startup, shutdown, malfunction or emergency
conditions, except for continuous monitoring system breakdowns,
repairs, calibration checks, and zero and span adjustments.
(6) When emission data are not obtained because of continuous
monitoring system breakdowns, repairs, calibration checks and
zero span adjustments, emission data will be obtained by using
other monitoring systems as approved by the department or the
reference methods as described in subsection (8) of this section
to provide emission data for a minimum of eighteen (18) hours in
at least twenty-two (22) out of thirty (30) successive boiler
operating days.
(7) The one (1) hour averages required by 401 KAR 59:005, Section
4 are expressed in lbs/MM BTU heat input and are used to
calculate the average emission rates under Section 6. The one
(1) hour averages are calculated using the data points required
by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 4. At least two (2) data points must
be used to calculate the one (1) hour averages.
(8) Reference methods filed by reference in 401 KAR 50:015 used
to supplement continuous monitoring system data to meet the
minimum data requirements in subsection (6) of this section will
be used as specified below or otherwise approved by the
department.
(a) Reference Methods 3, 6, and 7 shall be used as applicable.
The sampling location is the same as that used for the continuous
monitoring system.
(b) For Method 6 the minimum sampling time is twenty (20)
minutes and the minimum sampling volume is 0.02 dscm (0.71 dscf)
for each sample. Samples are taken at approximately sixty (60)
minute intervals. Each sample represents a one (1) hour average.
(C) For Method 7, samples are taken at approximately thirty
(30) minute intervals. The arithmetic average of these two (2)
consecutive samples represent a one (1) hour average.
(d) For Method 3, the oxygen or carbon dioxide sample is to be
taken for each hour when continuous SO 2 and NO data are taken or
when Methods 6 and 7 are required. Each sample shall be taken
for a minimum of thirty (30) minutes in each hour using the
integrated bag method specified in Method 3. Each sample
represents a one (1) hour average.
(e) For each one (1) hour average, the emissions expressed in
lb/MM BTU heat input are determined and used as needed to achieve
the minimum data requirements of subsections (6) of this section.
(9) The following procedures are used to conduct monitoring
system performance evaluations and calibrations checks required
by 401 KAR 59:005, Section 4.
(a) Reference Method 6 or 7, as applicable, is used for
521

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
conducting performance evaluations of sulfur dioxide and nitrogen
oxides continuous monitoring systems.
(b) Sulfur dioxide or nitrogen oxides, as applicable, is used
for preparing calibration gas mixtures under Performance
Specification 2 of Appendix B to 40 CFR 60.
(c) For affected facilities burning only fossil fuel, the span
value for a continuous monitoring system for measuring opacity is
between sixty (60) and eighty (80) percent and for a continuous
monitoring system measuring nitrogen oxides is determined using
the formula given in Appendix C of this regulation.
(d) All span values computed under subsection (2) (C) of this
section for burning combinations of fossil fuels are rounded to
the nearest 500 ppm.
Ce) For affected facilities burning fossil fuel, alone or in
combination with non-fossil fuel, the span value of the sulfur
dioxide continuous monitoring system at the inlet to the sulfur
dioxide control device is 125 percent of the maximum estimated
hourly potential emissions of the fuel fired, and the outlet of
the sulfur dioxide control device is fifty (50) percent of
maximum estimated hourly potential emissions of the fuel fired.
SECTION 8. Compliance Determination Procedures and Methods.
(1) The following procedures and reference methods are used to
determine compliance with the standards for particulate matter
under Section 3.
(a) Method 3 is used for gas analysis when applying Method 5 or
Method 17.
(b) Method 5 is used for determining particulate matter
emissions and associated moisture content. Method 17 may be used
for stack gas temperatures less than 160 0 C (320 °F). Method 9
shall be used for visible emissions.
(c) For Methods 5 or 17, Method 1 is used to select the
sampling site and the number of traverse sampling points. The
sampling time for each run is at least 120 minutes and the
minimum sampling volume is 1.7 dscin (sixty (60) dscf) except that
smaller sampling times or volumes, when necessitated by process
variables or other factors, may be approved by the department.
(d) For Method 5, the probe and filter holder heating system in
the sampling train is set to provide a gas temperature no greater
than 160 °C (320 °F).
(e) For determination of particulate emissions, the oxygen or
carbon dioxide sample is obtained simultaneously with each run of
Methods 5 or 17 by traversing the duct at the same sampling
location. Method 1 is used for selection of the number of
traverse points except that no more than twelve (12) sample
points are required.
(f) For each run using Methods 5 or 17, the emission rate
expressed in ng/J heat input is determined using the oxygen or
carbon dioxide measurements and particulate matter measurements
obtained under this section, the dry basis F c factor and the dry
basis emission rate calculation procedure contained in Method 19.
(g) Prior to the department’s issuance of a particulate matter
reference method that does not experience sulfuric acid mist
interference problems, particulate matter emissions may be
522

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
sampled prior to a wet FGD system.
(2) The following procedures and methods are used to determine
compliance with the sulfur dioxide standards under Section 4.
(a) Determine the percent of potential combustion concentration
(percent PCC) emitted to the atmosphere as follows:
1. Fuel pretreatment (% R f): Determine the percent
reduction achieved by any fuel pretreatment using the procedures
in Method 19. Calculate the average percent reduction for fuel
pretreatment on a quarterly basis using fuel analysis data. The
determination of %R f to calculate the percent of potential
combustion concentration emitted to the atmosphere is optional
For purposes of determining compliance with any percent reduction
requirements under Section 4, any reduction in potential So 2
emissions resulting from the following processes may be credited:
fuel pretreatment (physical coal cleaning, hydrodesulfurization
of fuel oil, etc.), coal pulverization, and bottom and flyash
interactions.
2. Sulfur dioxide control system (% R). Determine the
percent sulfur dioxide reduction achieved by any sulfur dioxide
control system using emission rates measured before and after the
control system following the procedures in Method 19; or, a
combination of an “as fired” fuel monitor and emission rates
measured after the control system following the procedures in
Method 19. When an “as fired” fuel monitor is used, the percent
reduction is calculated using the average emission rate from the
sulfur dioxide control device and the average So 2 input rate
from the “as fired” fuel analysis for thirty (30) successive
boiler operating days.
3. Overall percent reduction (% R f): Determine the overall
percentage reduction using the results obtained in subparagraph
1. and 2. of this paragraph following the procedures in Method
19. Results are calculated for each thirty (30) day period using
the quarterly average percent sulfur reduction determined for
fuel pretreatment from the previous quarter and the sulfur
dioxide reduction achieved by a sulfur dioxide control system for
each thirty (30) day period in the current quarter.
4. Percent emitted (% PCC): Calculate the percent of
potential combustion concentration emitted to the atmosphere
using the following equation: Percent PCC = 100 - Percent R 0.
(b) Determine the sulfur dioxide emission rates following the
procedures in Method 19.
(3) The procedures and methods outlined in Method 19 are used in
conjunction with the thirty (30) day nitrogen oxides emission
data collected under Section 7 to determine the compliance with
the applicable nitrogen oxides standard under Section 5.
(4) Electric utility combined cycle gas turbines shall be
performance tested for particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, and
nitrogen oxides using the procedures of Method 19. The sulfur
dioxide and nitrogen oxides emission rates from the gas turbine
used in Method 19 calculations are determined when the gas
turbine is performance is tested under 401 KAR 59:018. The
potential uncontrolled particulate matter emission rate from a
523

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 ‘ t LOSIP.4TH”
gas turbine is defined as 0.04 lb/MM BTU heat input.
SECTION 9. Reporting Requirements.
(1) For sulfur dioxide, nitrogen oxides, and particulate matter
emissions, the performance test data from the initial performance
test and from the performance evaluation of the continuous
monitors, including the transniissometer, are submitted to the
department.
(2) For sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxides the following
information shall be reported to the department for each twenty-
four (24) •hour period.
(a) Calendar date.
(b) The average sulfur dioxide and nitrogen oxide emission
rates, (lb/MM BTU) for each thirty (30) successive boiler
operating days, ending with the last thirty (30) day period in
the quarter; reasons for non-compliance with the emission
standards; and description of corrective actions taken.
(C) Percent reduction of the potential combustion concentration
of sulfur dioxide for each thirty (30) successive boiler
operating days, ending with the last thirty (30) day period in
the quarter; reasons for non-compliance with the standard; and
description of corrective actions taken.
(d) Identification of the boiler operating days for which
pollutant or diluent data have not been obtained by an approved
method for at least eighteen (18) hours of operation of the
facility; justification for not obtaining sufficient data; and
description of corrective action taken.
(e) Identification of the times when emissions data have been
excluded from the calculation of average emission rates because
of startup, shutdown, malfunction (NO x only), emergency
conditions (SO 2 only), or other reasons, and justification for
excluding data for reasons other than startup, shutdown,
malfunction, or emergency conditions.
(f) Identification of “F” factor used for calculations, method
of determination, and type of fuel coinbusted.
(g) Identification of times when hourly averages have been
obtained based on manual sampling methods.
(h) Identification of the times when the pollutant
concentration exceeded full span of the continuous monitoring
system.
(i) Description of any modifications to the continuous
monitoring system which could affect the ability of the
continuous monitoring system to comply with Performance
Specifications 2 or 3.
(3) If the minimum quantity of emission data as required by
Section 7 is not obtained for any thirty (30) successive boiler
operating days, the following information obtained under the
requirements of Section 6(8) is reported to the department for
that thirty (30) day period:
(a) The number of hourly averages available for outlet emission
rates and inlet emission rates as applicable.
(b) The standard deviation of hourly averages for outlet
524

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
emission rates and inlet emission rates as applicable.
(C) The lower confidence limit for the mean outlet emission
rate and the upper confidence limit for the mean inlet emission
rate as applicable.
(d) The applicable potential combustion concentration.
(e) The ratio of the upper confidence limit for the mean outlet
emission rate and the allowable emission rate as applicable.
(4) If any standards under Section 4 are exceeded during
emergency conditions because of control system malfunction, the
owner or operator of the affected facility shall submit a signed
statement:
(a) Indicating that emergency conditions existed and
requirements under Section 6(4) were met during each period, and
(b) Listing the following information:
1. Time periods the emergency condition existed;
2. Electrical output and demand on the owner or operator’s
electric utility system and the affected facility;
3. Amount of power purchased from interconnected neighboring
utility companies during the emergency period;
4. Percent reduction in emissions achieved;
5. Atmospheric emission rate (lb/MM BTU) of the pollutant
discharged; and
6. Actions taken to correct control system malfunction.
(5) If fuel pretreatment credit toward the sulfur dioxide
emission standard under Section 4 is claimed, the owner or
operator of the affected facility shall submit a signed
statement:
(a) Indicating what percentage cleaning credit was taken for
the calendar quarter, and whether the credit was determined in
accordance with the provisions of Section 8 and Method 19; and
(b) Listing the quantity, heat content, and date each
pretreated fuel shipment was received during the previous
quarter, the name and location of the fuel pretreatment facility,
and the total quantity and total heat content of all fuels
received at the affected facility during the previous quarter.
(6) For any periods of which opacity, sulfur dioxide or nitrogen
oxides emissions data are not available, the owner or operator of
the affected facility shall submit a signed statement indicating
if any changes were made in operation of the emission control
system during the period of data unavailability. Operations of
the control system and affected facility during periods of data
unavailability are to be compared with operation of the control
system and affected facility before and following the period of
data unavailability.
(7) The owner or operator of the affected facility shall submit a
signed statement indicating whether:
(a) The required continuous monitoring system calibration,
span, and drift checks or other periodic audits have or have not
been performed as specified.
(b) The data used to show compliance were or were not obtained
in accordance with approved methods and procedures of this part
525

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH t ’
and are representative of plant performance.
(c) The minimum data requirements have or have not been met;
or, the minimum data requirements have not been met for errors
that were unavoidable.
(d) Compliance with the standards has or has not been achieved
during the reporting period.
(8) For the purposes of the reports required under 401 KAR
59:005, Section 4, periods of excess emissions are defined as all
six (6) minute periods during which the average opacity exceeds
the applicable opacity standards under Section 3(2). Opacity
levels in excess of the applicable opacity standard and the date
of such excesses are to be submitted to the department each
calendar quarter.
(9) The owner or operator of an affected facility shall submit
the written reports required under this section and 401 KAR
59:005 to the department for every calendar quarter. All
quarterly reports shall be postmarked by the thirtieth (30th) day
following the end of each calendar quarter.
Effective date: January 7, 1981
[ NOTE: AUTHORITY DELEGATED MARCH 26, 1981 SEE 46FR47487 ON
SEPTEMBER 28, 1981]
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
526

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
APPENDIX A
Determination of Allowable Sulfur Dioxide
If emissions of sulfur dioxide to the atmosphere are greater
than 0.60 lb/MN BTU heat input:
E
S0 2 = (0.80x + 1.2 y)/100
and
P
SO 2 = 10 percent
If emissions of sulfur dioxide to the atmosphere are less
than or equal to 0.60 lb/MM BTU heat input:
E
SO 2 = (.80 x ÷ 1.2y)/100
and
P
SO 2 = (90 x + 70y)/100
Where:
E
SO 2 is the prorated sulfur dioxide emission limit lb/MN
BTU heat input;
P
SO 2 is the percentage of potential sulfur dioxide
emission allowed (percent reduction required =
100 — P
SO 2 ;
x is the percentage of total heat input derived from
the combustion of liquid or gaseous fuels (excluding
solid-derived fuels);
y is the percentage of total heat input derived from
the combustion of solid fuel (including solid-
derived fuels)
527

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 I J SIp.4THIt
APPENDIX B
Determination of Allowable Nitrogen Oxides Emissions
E
NO 2 = (.20 w + .30 x ÷ .50y + .60z)/l00
Where:
E
NO 2 is the applicable standard for nitrogen oxides when
multiple fuels are combusted simultaneously (lb/MN BTU
heat input);
w is the percentage of total heat input derived from the
combustion of fuels subject to .20 lb/MM BTU heat input
standard;
x is the percentage of total heat input derived from the
combustion of fuels subject to the .30 lb/MN BTU heat
input standard;
y is the percentage of total heat input derived from the
combustion of fuels subject to the .50 lb/MN BTU heat
input standard; arid
z is the percentage of total heat input derived from the
combustion of fuels subject to the .60 lb/MM BTU heat
input standard.
528

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
APPENDIX C
Determination of Span Value for Nitrogen Oxides
(in parts per million)
Span Value for
Fossil Fuel Nitrogen Oxides
Gas 500
Liquid 500
Solid 1,000
Combination 500 (x+y) +1, 0002
Where:
x = the fraction of total heat input derived from gaseous
fossil fuel;
y = the fraction of total heat input derived from liquid
fossil fuel; and
z = the fraction of total heat input derived from solid
fossil fuel.
529

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 7.64 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW ANNONIUM SULFATE
MANUFACTURING UNITS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this regulation shall apply to each affected
facility commenced on or after February 4, 1980.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
(1) “Affected facility” means each ainmonium sulfate dryer within
an aminonium sulfate manufacturing plant in the caprolactam by-
product, synthetic, and coke oven by-product sectors of the
ammoniuln sulfate industry commenced on or after the
classification date defined below.
(2) “Aimnonium sulfate dryer” means a unit or vessel into which
ammonium sulfate is charged for the purpose of reducing the
moisture content of the product using a heated gas stream. The
unit includes foundations, superstructure, material charger
systems, exhaust systems, and integral control systems and
instrumentation.
(3) tiAmmonjum sulfate feed material streams” means the sulfuric
acid feed stream to the reactor/crystallizer for synthetic and
coke oven by-product ammonium sulfate manufacturing plants; and
means the total or combined feed streams (the oximation anunoniuin
sulfate steam and the rearrangement reaction aminonium sulfate
steam) to the crystallizer stage, prior to any recycle steams.
(4) “Amnionium sulfate manufacturing plant” means any plant which
produces ammonium sulfate.
(5) “Caprolactam by-product ammonium sulfate manufacturing plant”
means any plant which produces ainmoniuni sulfate as a by-product
from process streams generated during caprolactam manufacture.
(6) “Classification date” means February 4, 1980.
(7) “Coke oven by-product ammoniuni sulfate manufacturing plant”
means any plant which produces ammoniuin sulfate by reacting
sulfuric acid with ammonia recovered as a by-product from the
manufacture of coke.
(8) “Synthetic amnioniuin sulfate manufacturing plant” means any
plant which produces animoniuin sulfate by direct combination of
ammonia and sulfuric acid.
SECTION 3. Standard for Particulate Matter. On or after the
date on which the performance test required to be conducted by
401 MAR 59:005 is completed, no owner or operator of an ainmonium
sulfate dryer subject to the provisions of this regulation shall
cause to be discharged into the atmosphere, from any ammonium
sulfate dryer, particulate matter at an emission rate exceeding
0.15 kg of particulate per megagram (Mg) of amnioniuin sulfate
530

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
produced (0.30 lb of particulate per ton of ammonium sulfate
produced) and exhaust gases with greater than fifteen (15)
percent opacity.
SECTION 4. Monitoring of Operations.
(1) The owner or operator of any ammonium sulfate manufacturing
plant subject to the provisions of this regulation shall install,
calibrate, maintain, and operate flow monitoring devices which
can be used to determine the mass flow of aminonium sulfate feed
material steams to the process. The flow monitoring device shall
have an accuracy of plus or minus five (5) percent over its
range. However, if the plant uses weigh scales of the same
accuracy to directly measure production rate of aminonium sulfate,
the use of flow monitoring devices is not required.
(2) The owner or operator of any anunonium sulfate manufacturing
plant subject to the provisions of this regulation shall install
calibrate, maintain, and operate a monitoring device which
continuously measures and permanently records the total pressure
drop across the emission control system The monitoring device
shall have an accuracy of plus or minus five (5) percent over its
operating range.
SECTION 5. Test Methods and Procedures.
C].) Reference methods in Appendix A to 40 CFR 60 filed by
reference in 401 KAR 50:015, except as provided in 401 KAR
50:045, shall be used to determine compliance with Section 3 as
follows:
(a) Method 5 for the concentration of particulate matter;
(b) Method 1 for sample and velocity traverses;
(C) Method 2 for velocity and volumetric flow rate;
(d) Method 3 for gas analysis; and
(e) Method 9 for visible emissions.
(2) For Method 5, the sampling time for each run shall be at
least sixty (60) mm and volume shall be at least 1.5 dscm
(fifty—three (53) dscf).
(3) For each run, the particulate emission rate E, shall be
computed as follows:
E sd x C /1000 (metric units)
E = 0 sd x C English units)
where:
E = The particulate emission rate (kg/hr or lb/hr):
sd = The average volumetric flow rate (dscm/hr or dscf/hr)
as determined by Method 2: and
C = The average concentration (g/dscm or lb/dscf) of
particulate matter as determined by Method 5.
(4) For each run, the rate of ammonium sulfate production, P
(Mg/hr or tons/hr), shall be determined by direct measurement
531

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
using product weigh scales or computed from a material balance.
If production rate is determined by material balance, the
following equations shall be used.
(a) For synthetic and coke oven by-product amnionium sulfate
plants, the aminonium sulfate production rate shall be determined
using the following equation:
P=Ax BxCx Z
where:
P = Ammonium sulfate production (Mg/hr or tons/hr)
A = Sulfuric acid flow rate to the reactor/crystallizer
(1/mm or gal/mm) averaged over the time period taken
to conduct the run:
B = Acid density (g/cc of lb/ft 3 ) (a function of acid
strength and temperature);
C = Percent acid strength in decimal form: and
Z = Physical constant (Metric units: use 0.0808: English
units: use 0.3016).
(b) For caprolactamn by-product ammonium sulfate plants the
anunonium sulfate production rate shall be determined using the
following equation:
P=DxExFxZ
where:
P = Production rate of caprolactani by-product ammoniuni
sulfate (Mg/hr or tons/hr);
D = Total combined feed stream flow rate to the ammoniunm
sulfate crystallizer before the point where any
recycle streams enter the stream (1/mm or gal/mm)
averaged over the time period taken to conduct the
test run:
E = Density of the process stream solution (g/l or
lb/gal);
F = Percent mass of ammonium sulfate in the process
solution in decimal form; and
Z = Physical constant for conversion of time and mass
units: 6.0 x 1O 5 for metric units, 0.03 for English
units.
(5) For each run, the dryer emission rate shall be computed as
follows:
R = E/P
where:
R = The dryer emission rate (kg/Mg or lb/ton);
E = The particulate emission rate (kg/hr or lb/hr) from
subsection (3) of this section; and
P = The rate of amnmoniuni sulfate production (Mg/hr or
tons/hr) from subsection(4) of this section.
Adopted 4—20—82; effective 4—20-82.
532

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
THIS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF JUNE 9, 1982.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Original Reg: OCT 20, 1981 JUNE 9, 1982 47 FR 25011
533

-------
I

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
REGULATION 8 VEHICLE EXHAUST TESTING REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of Regulation 8 shall apply to the owners of all
vehicles, as defined in section 2 (11):
(1) registered in Jefferson County or
(2) licensed with Federal or State official tags and operated in
Jefferson County on a regular basis or
(3) registered in another Kentucky county but owned by a declared
Jefferson County resident provided said vehicle is not exempt
pursuant to Section 3 (e).
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in regulation 1.02.
(1) “Administrator” means the manager of the Vehicle Exhaust
Testing program of Jefferson County.
(2) “Board” means the Air Pollution Control Board of Jefferson
County as provided for in KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL.
(3) “Certificate” means one of the following permits issued in
the form of a vehicle test report for each motor vehicle to
indicate the status of said vehicle with respect to meeting the
applicable gas or opacity emission standards:
(a) “Compliance Certificate” indicates that the emissions from
said vehicle complied with applicable exhaust emissions standards
at the time of testing.
(b) “Exemption Certificate” indicates that the emissions from
said vehicle are exempt from complying with applicable standards
during the calendar year of testing.
(4) “Contractor” means any person, business firm, partnership or
corporation with whom the Board may execute am agreement
providing for the construction, purchase, lease, renovation,
equipment, maintenance, personnel, management, or operation of
the official exhaust testing program.
(5) “Certification month” means the month in which the vehicle is
assigned to obtain a certificate.
(6) “District” means the Air Pollution Control District of
Jefferson County as provided for in KRS Chapter 77 AIR POLLUTION
CONTROL.
(7) “Exhaust gas emissions standards” means the maximum allowable
levels of carbon monoxide and hydrocarbons appropriate for the
age and type of vehicle testing.
534

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(8) “Exhaust opacity emission standard” means the maximum
allowable level of emissions which visibly reduces the
transmission of light and obscures objects in the background.
(9) “Fleet” means a group of vehicles owned by one person or a
group of vehicles leased by one person who has the responsibility
of registering said vehicles.
(10) “Mobile equipment” means road rollers, road graders, farm
tractors, unlicensed vehicles on which power shovels are mounted,
and such other construction equipment customarily used only on
the site of construction and which is not practical for the
transportation of persons or property upon the highways.
(11) “Motor vehicle” or “vehicle” means any licensed automobile,
truck, bus, motorcycle, housecar, or self-propelled, motor-driven
vehicle used on the public road regardless of its type of
classification of license or certificate except:
(a) Mobile equipment
(b) Fire engines in regular service with a municipal, volunteer,
or industrial fire fighting department
(c) Vehicles licensed as “historic” pursuant to KRS 186.043
(d) Trucks licensed pursuant to KRS 186.050 (3) with a declared
gross weight in excess of 18,000 pounds, that are not officially
licensed or not federal, state and local government owned
(e) Vehicles powered only by electricity.
(f) Vehicles licensed pursuant to KRS 186.050(4) or KRS
186.050(7) having a gross vehicle weight exceeding 18,000 pounds.
(12) “Operator” means any individual in control of a vehicle.
(13) “Owner” means any individual, public or private corporation,
political subdivision, government agency, municipality, industry,
association, or other entity whatsoever holding legal title to or
a lease interest in a motor vehicle.
(14) “Person” or “persons” means any individual, public or
private corporation, political subdivision, government agency,
municipality, industry co-partnership, association, firm, trust,
estate, or other entity whatsoever.
(15) “Test,” or “testing,” means the use of approved analyzers or
opacity meters to gauge pollutant levels in vehicle exhaust and
the comparison of those measured levels to allowable levels set
by regulation.
(16) “Testing center” or “center” means a center established by
the Contractor for the purpose of conducting vehicle exhaust
testing.
535

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(17) “Vehicle Testing Contract” means the contract between the
District and the Contractor dated June 7, 1983, and any
amendments thereto.
(18) “Year” means calendar year.
SECTION 3. PERIODIC EXHAUST TESTING OF VEHICLES REQUIRED
(a) Beginning January 1, 1984, all vehicles which are included
within the scope of Section 1 shall be tested each year and a
certificate shall be obtained for each such vehicle.
(b) The District shall assign a certification month each year to
all vehicles. Once a certification month is assigned to a
vehicle, the test applicable to that certification month shall
satisfy this regulation only for the year of the original
certification month even though obtained in the subsequent year.
The District shall notify all owners of the certification month
assigned to their vehicles and when their vehicles may be tested.
Such notice shall advise the owners that legal actin may occur
for failure of the owners to obtain a certificate by the end of
the certification month.
(C) Owners of vehicles with official license plates must schedule
heir vehicles for annual testing by supplying to the District a
roster of vehicles and a proposed schedule for test. If said
owners do not file the required schedule with the District prior
to the beginning of the testing program, the District will set an
equally apportioned schedule.
(d) A vehicle operated outside Jefferson County may be exempted
from testing by the District in a given year if the owner
certifies to the satisfaction of the District that the vehicle
will not be driven in Jefferson County for more than thirty days
during the given year.
SECTION 4. STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR VEHICLES
(a) EMISSION STANDARDS FOR MOTOR VEHICLES
(1) Vehicles, except those included in paragraph (ii), shall be
tested for exhaust gas emission levels of carbon monoxide, carbon
dioxide and hydrocarbons. To pass such test, a vehicle’s
emissions must not exceed the standards set in Table A.
(ii) Diesel vehicles, two cycle motorcycles and vehicles which
the Administrator determines shall not be tested for exhaust gas
emissions because of fuel or engine characteristics, shall be
tested for opacity of visible emissions. To pass such test, a
vehicle’s visible emissions from any exhaust point must not
exceed the standards set in Table B.
(b) REJECTION FOR CAUSE
536

-------
PRINTED AUGUST- 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(i) If the operator fails to present the vehicle’s Certificate of
Registration prior to testing and test station personnel are not
readily able to verify the vehicle presented for test is the
proper vehicle, the test shall not be performed and the vehicle
shall be rejected from the testing center.
(ii) If the vehicle or operator causes an unsafe condition at the
center, the test shall not be performed or, if performed, shall
be invalid and the vehicle rejected from the center. Such
conditions include but are not limited to leaking fuel, operator
incapacity or operator misconduct.
(iii) If the exhaust system of a vehicle subject to exhaust gas
standards leaks to such an extent that the sum of the exhaust
outlet carbon monoxide and carbon dioxide concentrations recorded
for the idle speed reading is 7% or less, the test shall be
invalid and the vehicle rejected from the testing center. Some
vehicle models, especially motorcycles, have proven unable to
meet this criteria. In those few cases the test station
personnel shall verify that the exhaust system is sound and that
a valid test can be obtained prior to testing. Vehicles subject
to opacity testing which have leaking, defective or detached
exhaust systems shall also be rejected from the center without
receiving a test.
(iv) Repeated stalling will cause rejection of the vehicle from
the test lane until the vehicle is repaired.
SECTION 5. TESTING PROCEDURE
(a) OPERATOR PROCEDURE - ALL TESTS
(i) The operator shall cause the vehicle to be operated for
purposes of testing under such conditions as specified
hereinafter and as directed by testing personnel.
(ii) Unless ‘otherwise directed or during an emergency, the
operator shall remain in the vehicle while the vehicle is in the
test lane.
(iii) During testing, the engine shall be at normal operating
temperature and not overheating (as indicated by gauge warning
light or boiling radiator) with all accessories turned off.
(iv) Vehicles shall be approximately level during testing.
(v) If the engine stalls during testing, the test shall be
restarted.
(b) EXHAUST GAS EMISSIONS TEST PROCEDURE
(i) The test shall measure vehicle exhaust gas emissions for
carbon monoxide, carbon dioxide, and hydrocarbons.
(ii) Analyzers shall be warmed-up, in stabilized operating
condition and adjusted according to manufacturer’s
specifications.
537

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(iii) If the vehicle is capable of being operated with liquid or
gaseous fuels, the test may be performed with either fuel at the
operator’s option.
(iv) With the engine operating at idle speed and transmission in
neutral, the sampling probe of the gas analytical system shall be
inserted into the tail pipe.
(v) The exhaust sample probe must be inserted at least ten inches
into the tail pipe. If this is not possible, an extension boot
shall be used.
(vi) Multiple exhaust vehicles shall be tested by sampling all
tail pipes simultaneously.
(vii) The engine shall be accelerated, with no external loading
applied, from idle to approximately one half throttle for at
least ten seconds. The engine speed shall then be returned to
idle.
(viii) After stabilized readings are obtained or at the end of
thirty seconds, whichever comes first, the exhaust gas emission
levels shall be measured by the gas analytical system and the
results recorded on the vehicle test report.
(ix) If a 1981 or newer Ford motor vehicle fails the first test,
the engine shall be turned off, restarted and the vehicle tested
again.
(C) EXHAUST OPACITY TEST PROCEDURE
(1) The test shall measure vehicle exhaust emissions for opacity.
(ii) Opacity meters shall be warmed up, in stabilized operating
conditions and adjusted according to manufacturer’s
specifications.
(iii) The engine shall be accelerated, with n o external loading
applied, from idle to approximately one half chrottle for at
least ten seconds. The engine speed shall then be returned to an
idle speed condition.
(iv) After stabilized readings are obtained or at the end of
thirty seconds, whichever comes first, the opacity of the
vehicle’s visible emissions shall be tested at idle speed and the
results recorded on the vehicle test report.
SECTION 6. TESTING OF FLEET VEHICLES
(a) A fleet owner may contract with the District to test his
vehicles. To qualify for fleet testing, a fleet owner shall:
(i) Use exhaust analysis equipment meeting specifications in the
Vehicle Testing Contract
538

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH t ’
(ii) Assure that the test equipment provides a record keeping
mechanism of record results of all tests
(iii) Maintain an in-house program for the maintenance of
vehicles
(iv) Establish a program for the training and re—training of
mechanics involved in the testing and repair of vehicles
(v) Make available to the District at reasonable times the
results of the test performed by the fleet owner
(vi) Provide a procedure for integrating the results of the tests
performed by the fleet owner into the record keeping system of
the contractor
(vii) Allow the District or the contract to perform quality
assurance activities as defined in Section 9
(viii) Enter into a contract with the District which details the
equipment and procedures to be used by the fleet owner and
provides for penalties for noncompliance with its terms.
(b) A fleet owner may contract with the District and the
contractor for testing by the contractor outside public testing
hours or at other than the public testing centers.
(C) The fee for testing of a fleet vehicle shall be not less than
the fee established by Section 7 and may be subject to a
surcharge not to exceed the contractor’s additional cost of fleet
tests.
(d) The fleet owner may repair failed vehicles in accordance with
this regulation.
SECTION 7. TEST FEES AND SURCHARGES
It is the Board’s intention that the test fee be fair and
equitable. Any additional fleet testing costs shall be borne by
the fleet owner.
(a) The test fee is $6.00.
(b) A fee shall be collected before the first test is performed.
If the vehicle fails the first test, one retest shall be provided
free of charge, provided that the appropriate Vehicle Repair Form
is satisfactorily completed and returned. Any test performed in
addition to the first test and retest will require payment of a
test fee.
(c) Test fees shall be collected by the contractor and the
District’s part paid to District weekly by check.
(d) The District shall have the right to audit the contractor’s
records and procedures to substantiate that the contractor is
properly collecting and accounting for test fees and surcharges.
539

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 ULOSIP.4THtI
SECTION 8. TEST FORMS AND CERTIFICATES
(a) FORMS APPROVED
The contractor shall use only test forms and certificates
approved by the District. Other materials or information may be
given to the operator only if approved by the District.
(b) VEHICLE TEST REPORT
The operator of each vehicle tested shall be given a vehicle test
report which contains the following information:
(i) Center identification.
(ii) Date and time of test(s).
(iii) Identification number of the inspector.
(iv) Vehicle license number.
(v) Vehicle model year.
(vi) If applicable, notice of rejection from the center and
reason for rejection.
(vii) Emission test results (hydrocarbons and carbon monoxide, or
opacity).
(viii) Applicable emission standards.
(ix) Whether the vehicle has passed or failed the applicable
emission standards.
(x) Whether the test results are from the first test or retests.
(xi) All other information required on the form.
(c) COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
A compliance certificate shall be issued only when the vehicle
has passed its test.
(d) VEHICLE REPAIR FORMS
(i) A Vehicle Repair Form shall be given to the operator of each
vehicle failing the first test. The form shall be completed and
returned to the test personnel at the time of retest. The owner
must show on the Vehicle Repair Form with the appropriate
documentation the following items:
1. Proof that repairs were performed. Repairs made earlier than
one month prior to the certification month shall not be included.
540

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
2. Proof that repair costs have been incurred by the owner.
3. Proof that the repairs are related to the type of failure
shown on the vehicle test report.
(ii) The person performing emissions-related repairs to a vehicle
shall itemize on the Vehicle Repair Form the repairs performed
and shall certify that the repairs were performed by signing his
name on the Vehicle Repair Form and adding his company name and
address if applicable.
(e) EXEMPTION CERTIFICATE
An owner shall be eligible for an exemption certificate when his
vehicle fails a retest and the repair costs shown on the Vehicle
Repair Form equal or exceed the following amounts provided a
measurable improvement in the exhaust analysis has been recorded.
In certain situations where a measurable improvement is
impossible, an appeal to the District for a verifiable exemption
shall be available.
ALL VEHICLES EXCEPT MOTORCYCLES
MODEL YEAR TYPE OF FAILURE AMOUNT
1980 or older carbon monoxide $15.00
1980 or older hydrocarbon $35.00
1980 or older both carbon monoxide
and hydrocarbon $50.00
1981—1983 carbon monoxide $30.00
1981—1983 hydrocarbon $50.00
1981—1983 both carbon monoxide
and hydrocarbon $65.00
VEHICLES COVERED BY 207(B) WARRANTY
1984 or newer carbon monoxide $100.00
1984 or newer hydrocarbon $100.00
1984 or newer both carbon monoxide
and hydrocarbon $200.00
VEHICLES NOT COVERED BY 207(B) WARRANTY
1984 or newer CO $50.00
1984 or newer HC $65.00
1984 or newer both $100.00
All Opacity $3 .00
MOTORCYCLES
MODEL TYPE OF FAILURE AMOUNT
All 4 cycle Carbon monoxide $15.00
All 4 cycle hydrocarbon $35.00
All 4 cycle both carbon monoxide
and hydrocarbon $50.00
All 2 cycle opacity $35.00
541

-------
PRINTED AUGUST 30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
(f) REJECTED VEHICLES
Owners of vehicles which are rejected from the testing center
shall not be issued a certificate.
SECTION 9. QUALITY ASSURANCE
The District will monitor the operation of each testing center
with unannounced, unscheduled, and unidentified inspections to
check all aspects of test operations, including, but not limited
to, the calibration and maintenance of the analyzers and opacity
meters; test procedures; facility appearance; service given by
testing center personnel; and any records. Under certain
conditions, the District may require that the use of an exhaust
analyzer or opacity meter be suspended if there is a malfunction
or incorrect calibration of the testing equipment.
SECTION 10. TESTING PERSONNEL REQUIREMENTS
(a) TRAINING
All testing personnel must successfully complete a training
course approved by the District. The course will include
training in providing courteous, fair, and efficient service to
the public.
(b) IDENTIFICATION
Whenever testing personnel are on duty and in contact with the
public, they shall wear identification tags visible to the
public.
(C) CONFLICT OF INTEREST
Neither the contractor nor any employee of the contractor shall
be engaged in the business of manufacturing, selling,
maintaining, or repairing vehicles. The contractor may maintain
or repair his own vehicles.
(ii) Neither the Air Pollution Control Board members nor any
employees of the Air Pollution Control District shall have any
financial interest in the vehicle testing contract, nor any
interest in providing testing centers or equipment for the
Vehicle Exhaust Testing program.
SECTION 11. ENFORCEMENT
(a) CRIMINAL COMPLAINT
An owner who fails to obtain a certificate by the end of the
certification month may have a sworn criminal complaint taken out
against him in District Court.
(b) COURT PROCEEDINGS
542

-------
PRINTED AUGUST-30, 1989 “LOSIP.4TH”
defendant in the above complaint will be subject to prosecution
in District Court.
(C) PENALTIES
Every person who violates this regulation shall be guilty of a
violation and shall be fined not less than ten dollars ($10.00)
nor more than fifty dollars ($50.00) for a first offense and not
less than fifty dollars ($50.00) nor more than one hundred
dollars ($100.00) for each subsequent offense. Taxation of court
costs shall be mandatory upon conviction and shall not be
probated or suspended.
dopted 1—5—83; effective 1—5—83; amended 9—21—83, 10—26—83,
3—21—84, 1—1—85, 12—18—85, 12—17—86.
FillS IS THE FEDERALLY APPROVED REGULATION AS OF DEC 3, 1987.
Date Submitted Date Approved Federal
to EPA by EPA Register
Driginal Reg: JUNE 15, 1983 OCT 9, 1984 49 FR 39547
1st Revision: FEB 18, 1986 FEB 2, 1987 52 FR 3115
2nd Revision: MAR 20, 1987 DEC 3, 1987 52 FR 45959
543

-------
a -kcn

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
SECTION B
THIS SECTION CONTAINS REGULATIONS THAT HAVE QI BEEN FEDERALLY
APPROVED
REGULATION 2.05 PREVENTION OF SIGNIFICANT DETERIORATION OF AIR
QUALITY
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for prevention of significant
deterioration of air quality contained in 40 CFR 51.24 made
effective by 45 Federal Register 52729 is hereby adopted and
filed by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 51.24,
provides for the prevention of significant deterioration of
ambient air quality. The provisions of this regulation are
applicable to any major stationary source or any major
modification which emits any pollutant regulated by the Clean Air
Act and which commence construction after April 16, 1986 in areas
designated as attainment and unclassifiable for any pollutant as
defined pursuant to Section 107 (d) (1) (D) or (E) of the Clean
Air Act.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITIONS
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “State”, shall be read as “District”; “this subpart”
shall be read as “this regulation”; and “Plan, Plans, all plans,
or State Implementation Plan” shall be read as “Appendix N to the
Kentucky State Implementation Plan”.
SECTION 4. SPECIAL PROVISIONS
For the purpose of this regulation the following shall apply:
(a) The reasonable period specified in 40 CFR 51.24 (b) (3) (ii)
shall be five years.
(b) All areas of the District shall be classified as Class II.
(C) Increases in pollutant concentration over the baseline
concentration shall be limited to the values set forth in 40 CFR
51.24 (C). However concentration of the pollutant shall not
exceed standards set forth in 40 CFR 51.24 (d).
SECTION 5. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations and Federal Register
are available for sale from the Superintendent of Documents,
U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4-19—72; amended 6-13—79, 4—21—82,
11—16—83, 4—16—86.
1

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
REGULATION 2.12 EMISSIONS TRADING (INCLUDING BANKING AND BUBBLE
RULES)
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
This regulation establishes procedures for the creation, holding,
transfer and use of surplus emission reductions. The procedures
are intended to encourage the development of innovative pollution
control technology and to lower the cost of meeting emission
control requirements. This regulation applies to any pollutant
for which the Board has adopted stationary source control
regulations.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given to them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Emission reduction credit” (ERC) means a surplus emission
reduction registered by the District in accordance with the
requirements of this regulation which represents a decrease in
the quantity of a pollutant discharged from the affected facility
below the level used in the State Implementation Plan (SIP)
attainment demonstration or otherwise required by federal or
District regulations.
(b) “Banking” means the District’s system for recording ERCs so
that they may be used or transferred for use at a future date.
This system shall be called the Jefferson County Emission Bank.
(C) “Bubble” means an alternative emission control strategy where
several affected facilities are regarded as being placed under a
hypothetical dome which simulates a single emission point.
Affected facilities under a bubble may reallocate emission
decreases and increases so long as the requirements of this
regulation are met.
(d) “Netting” means to lower the net emissions increase at an
expanding or modernizing source below the significant levels
using an ERC obtained at the same source and thus become exempt
from the requirements of Regulations 2.04 and/or 2.05 as
described in Regulation 2.05.
(e) “Offset” means use of an ERC obtained from an existing source
to counterbalance the increase in emissions in a nonattainment
area from a new or modified source subject to the requirements of
Regulation 2.04.
(f) “SIP baseline emissions” means that level of emissions
(actual or allowable) for each emission point included in the SIP
attainment demonstration for the attainment year.
(g) “Stationary source” means all of the affected facilities
which belong to the same industrial grouping, are located on one
or more contiguous or adjacent properties, and are under the
2

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
control of the same person (or persons under common control)
except the activities of any vessel. Affected facilities shall
be considered as part of the same industrial grouping if they
belong to the same “Major Group” (i.e., which have the same two-
digit code) as described in the Standard Industrial
Classification Manual, 1972, as amended.
(h) “Reasonable further progress” means annual incremental
reductions in emissions of the applicable air pollutant which are
sufficient to provide for attainment of the applicable ambient
air quality standard by the attainment date specified in the
latest SIP attainment demonstration.
(1) “Federally enforceable” means all limitations and conditions
which are enforceable by the EPA Administrator including those
requirements developed pursuant to 40 CFR Parts 60 and 61,
requirements within the Kentucky State Implementation Plan, and
any permit requirements established pursuant to 40 CFR 52.21 or
under regulations approved pursuant to 40 CFR 51.18 and 51.24.
SECTION 3. APPLICATION PROCEDURES
(a) Any person who owns or operates a source at which a reduction
in emissions has occurred or will occur may apply for creation of
an ERC in accordance with the requirements of this regulation.
(b) A person shall apply for creation of an ERC on appropriate
forms supplied by the District.
(c) Applications requesting creation of an ERC based on emission
reductions that have already occurred will be approved by the
District provided they occurred on or after August 7, 1977, are
consistent with the reasonable further progress requirements of
the SIP attainment demonstration, and comply with the
requirements of this regulation.
(d) Applications requesting an ERC for emission reductions that
have not occurred at the time of application will be reviewed by
the District and conditionally approved or denied. An ERC will
be registered however, only if after the reduction has taken
place. The District may conditionally deposit an ERC into the
Emissions Bank when it receives from the source assurances of a
commitment to produce a specific reduction in the future. In all
cases the reduction must actually be achieved before it can be
used in an emission trade except as specified in Regulation 2.04.
(e) Before an ERC may be created, the source owner must obtain a
revised operating permit which includes specific quantifiable
emission limits or operating procedures reflecting quantifiable
emissions or, when applicable, the operating permits for
discontinued equipment shall be voided by the District. A
revised operating permit will include, as needed, requirements
for record keeping or reporting; requirements for performance
testing; limitations on fuel burned or raw materials used;
restrictions on operating hours, production rates, or input
rates; limitations on operating procedures or control equipment
3

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
to be used and any other requirements needed to insure that the
reduction will be properly obtained and maintained. The various
limits must state the minimum time period over which they will be
averaged (e.g., lbs/hour, or lbs/MM OTU averaged over 24 hours,
production rate/day).
(f) ERCs which have already been approved by the District since
March 14, 1979 shall remain certified and be used in accordance
with this regulation.
SECTION 4. CREATION OF EMISSION REDUCTION CREDITS
(a) No ERC may be created unless the following criteria are met:
(i) The emission level after the reduction must be enforceable
and a banking permit must be issued by the Air Pollution Control
Officer.
(ii) The emission reduction must represent a real and permanent
decrease in emissions below the applicable baseline level used in
the SIP attainment demonstration. If emissions from the affected
facility are not separately identified in the SIP demonstration
of attainment of national ambient air quality standards, the
baseline will be average emissions calculated from the operating
history of the affected facility for a representative two year
period of time before the application is filed. Credit will not
be given for actual emissions which exceed allowable emissions.
Where allowable emissions were used in the SIP attainment
demonstration, credit will be based on allowable emissions at the
rated capacity of the affected facility using the normal
operating hours unless different parameters were used in the
attainment demonstration. If historical data are deemed
inadequate by the District, action on an application may be
deferred for up to one year while operating data are compiled by
the applicant.
(iii) An applicant proposing an emission decrease from process
curtailments or source shutdowns must demonstrate that the
proposed decrease will not be negated by countervailing emission
increases occurring at other sources in the same area in response
to the applicant’s process curtailment or shutdown.
(iv) The emission reduction is federally enforceable.
(b) Confirmation of Emission Reduction Credits
(i) To confirm emission reductions, the District may require
source tests, continuous monitors or any other acceptable means
of measurement.
(ii) In cases where the District determines that the emission
reduction estimates made by the applicant are uncertain, the
District reserves the right to grant ERCs for a smaller quantity
of emission reductions than requested.
(c) After all of the requirements of this regulation have been
4

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
met and the emission reduction has actually occurred, the
District will register an ERC in the records kept for that
purpose and issue a banking permit to the source creating the
emission reduction credit.
(d) After receiving written certification from a source that it
has released its rights of control on valid existing ERCs
created by that source or after a source fails to apply for
potential credits within six months of receiving written notice
of this opportunity from the District, the District staff shall
establish ERCs for general use by the community in the Jefferson
County Emissions Bank. These credits shall be designated as
unallocated credits for purposes of accounting and designation in
reports.
(e) During the time that an ERC is held in the emissions banking
system, its quantity (expressed in tons per year) will be subject
to the following:
(1) If the District determines that additional emission
reductions are required from sources because ambient standards
are not attained, because of increment violation, or because new
RACT requirements are being imposed, sources could satisfy the
requirement for additional reductions by using their banked ERCs,
by reducing emissions elsewhere or by purchasing equivalent ERCs.
(ii) If new information becomes available to the District which
results in more emission estimates, the District will adjust the
value of the affected ERCs accordingly.
(iii) If an owner or operator of a source who created an ERC
fails to comply with the requirements resulting from creating the
ERC, the District shall adjust the quantity of ERCs registered in
the banking system for that owner or operator.
(iv) If the ERC has been used, any violation of the conditions
under which the ERC was created will result in enforcement action
against the source producing the emission reduction.
SECTION 5. USE OF EMISSION REDUCTION CREDITS
(a) An ERC may be used at the time it is registered or it may be
held for future transfer or use.
(b) An ERC may be transferred in whole or in part by any means of
conveyance permitted by the laws of this state. The role of the
District in trading of an ERC will be limited to providing
information on the documentation and registration of ERCs and to
providing technical assistance with regard to possible future use
of the ERCs being sold or transferred. No transfer shall be
effective until the District 1) is notified thereof in writing,
2) issues a revised banking permit to the ERC owner, and 3) notes
the transfer of ownership in the District registry for that
purpose.
5

-------
PRINTED August -30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
(c) Use of unallocated credits
(i) Upon application to the Air Pollution Control Officer for use
of unallocated community ERC5, a notice of public hearing shall
be issued to the public and interested parties. The staff shall
maintain a list of interested parties to which notice is to be
provided.
(ii) After appropriate notice and public hearing, the Board shall
approve or deny the application for use of any unallocated ERCs,
and, if approved, shall direct the Air Pollution Control Officer
to issue a banking permit to the applicant.
(iii) The Board, after appropriate public notice and public
hearing, may also award unallocated ERCs through any other
procedure (such as public auction) which would be in the
interests of the Louisville and Jefferson County community.
(d) Registered ERCs may be used in accordance with this
regulation to establish alternative emission limits (bubbles), to
offset increased emissions from new or modified sources, to
offset Prevention of Significant Deterioration (PSD) increment
consumption (if emission reduction occurs after applicable PSD
baseline date), or to net out of new source review required by
Regulations 2.04 and 2.05 (provided the emission reductions occur
at the same source netting the increases).
SECTION 6. WITHDRAWAL OF EMISSION REDUCTION CREDITS
(a) Application for use of ERCs shall be made on forms provided
by the District, and be accompanied by a letter from the owner
requesting the appropriate action.
(b) Before an ERC may be used or transferred, the ERC owner must
obtain a revised banking permit from the District which shows the
new balance of ERCs in the owner’s account, and the amount which
was used or transferred.
(C) Use of an ERC will be allowed only in transactions where
emissions being exchanged are in the same criteria pollutant
category. Hazardous and non—hazardous emissions may only be
traded against each other if the hazardous emission is decreased.
(d) An ERC may not be used to meet the requirements of the New
Source Performance Standards (NSPS) established under 40 CFR 60,
the National Emission Standards for Hazardous Air Pollutants
(NESHAPS) established under 40 CFR 61, the requirement for Lowest
Achievable Emission Rate (LAER) if Regulation 2.04 applies, or
the requirement for Best Available Control Technology (BACT) if
Regulation 2.05 applies.
6

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
SECTION 7. AIR QUALITY MONITORING REQUIREMENTS FOR USE OF
PARTICULATE MATTER, SULFUR DIOXIDE, AND CARBON
MONOXIDE EMISSION REDUCTION CREDITS
(a) Air quality modeling as specified in Regulation 2.1]. will be
required for use of ERCs representing stack emissions of
particulate matter, sulfur dioxide, or carbon monoxide, if one or
more of the following conditions occur:
(i) Use of an ERC produces a net increase in applicable baseline
emissions; or
(ii) The relevant emission points are not in the same immediate
vicinity (with 100 meters); or
(iii) The effective plume height of the source increasing
emissions is less than that of the source decreasing emissions.
(b) Only limiting modeling will be necessary for use of ERCs for
trades if there is no net increase in applicable baseline
emissions and if emissions after the trade will not cause a
significantly different air quality impact from the original
emission points. The limited modeling need only include the
emission points involved in creating and using the ERC. A
“significantly different impact” is one that equals or exceeds
the levels specified in the following table:
SIGNIFICANCE LEVELS
Pollutant 24—Hour 8—Hour
S02 13 ug/ m3
TSP 10 ug/ni3
CO 575 ug/1n3
(C) For use of ERCs representing emissions which exceed the
conditions of subsection (b) of this section, diffusion modeling
considering all sources in the area of impact will be required as
follows:
(1) Modeling must show that use of the ERC will neither create a
new ambient violation nor interfere with reasonable further
progress toward attaining national ambient air quality standards
as planned in the SIP, and
(ii) Modeling must show that use of the ERC will not create an
increment violation in a PSD area as defined in Regulation 2.05.
(d) No air quality modeling shall be required for use of ERCs
representing stack emissions of volatile organic compounds or
nitrogen oxides.
SECTION 8. ALTERNATE EMISSION STANDARDS (BUBBLES)
(a) The owner of a source, or the owners of two or more different
sources, may propose a bubble which establishes alternative
7

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
standards for the affected facilities included in the bubble.
(b) A source or sources may meet the requirements of Regulation 6
or 7 (except as provided in Section 6 (d) of this regulation) by
using a bubble provided that all of the following conditions are
met:
(i) The bubble shall address only pollutant control scenarios for
the same pollutant on affected facilities having permits,
(ii) The bubble does not allow increases in hazardous pollutant
emissions in trade for reductions in less hazardous pollutants,
(iii) The bubble demonstrates that it would provide an overall
net improvement in air quality as a result of its approval,
(iv) The bubble demonstrates no net increase in applicable
baseline emissions subject to the plan,
(v) The bubble must demonstrate a consideration of applying
controls on all emission points to the extent engineering
technology is available, and include an implementation schedule,
and
(vi) Bubbles which involve multiple permittees must include an
executed agreement among all participants to comply with the
provisions of the plan.
(C) The total emission limit determined under subsection (b) of
this section may be reallocated among affected facilities
included in the bubble. Emission reductions shall meet the
requirements contained in subsections (a) and (b) of Section 4 of
this regulation. Air quality modeling shall be performed in
accordance with the requirements contained in Section 7 of this
regulation. If ERCs are withdrawn from or deposited into the
Jefferson County Emissions Bank in conjunction with the bubble,
the ERC5 shall be created or used in accordance with the
requirements contained in this regulation.
(d) Upon application and demonstration that the conditions of
subsections (b) and (c) have been addressed, the District shall
issue a public notice in accordance with Regulation 2.07
announcing a public hearing before the Board at the first
available regularly scheduled meeting. After considering all
information, the Board may decide to approve, or disapprove, the
alternative emission reduction plan. Where the alternative
emission reduction plan exceeds a compliance schedule of any
applicable emission regulation, extensions up to December 31,
1987 may be granted for volatile organic compounds or carbon
monoxide provided that the reasonable further progress
requirements of the approved SIP are maintained. Upon further
approval, the Air Pollution Control Officer shall issue and/or
revise such permits as necessary to provide for effective
enforceability of the entire alternative reduction plan. Each
approved alternative reduction plan shall be reviewed and
8

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 LOSIP.BIt
implemented as a distinct and separate permit action.
(e) Upon receiving notice from the District that a new or more
restrictive emission standard has become applicable to any
affected facility included in a bubble under this section, the
owner or owners of those affected facilities shall submit revised
permit applications. The revised applications must demonstrate
either reductions in total bubble emission or use of ERC5 which
are equal to or are greater than the reduction required by the
new emission standards.
(f) Alternative emission limits approved under this section
become applicable requirements of the SIP for purposes of
Sections 113 and 304 of the Clean Air Act and are enforceable in
the same manner as other SIP requirements.
(g) No alternative emission standard will be established for an
affected facility which is presently subject to federal
enforcement action unless EPA approves the alternative standard
and the schedule for meeting it. As used in this subsection,
“federal enforcement action” means any of the following actions
under the applicable sections of the Clean Air Act: civil actions
filed under Section 113 (b), criminal actions filed under Section
113 (C), a notice imposing noncompliance penalties issued under
Section 120, administrative orders issued under Section 113 (a),
or a citizen suit filed under Section 304 where EPA has
intervened.
SECTION 9. TRANSMITTALS TO EPA
The District will transmit copies of the following documents to
EPA promptly after the documents are prepared:
(a) Copies of public notices and supporting documents relating to
proposed District action on applications for use of an ERC or
bubble.
(b) Copies of permits reflecting District approval of use of an
ERC or bubble, including data on emission limits before and after
the approval.
SECTION 10. AMENDMENT OF THE STATE IMPLEMENTATION PLAN:
REQUIREMENTS AND EXEMPTIONS
The District will approve the proposed use of an ERC or bubble
without action to formally amend the State Implementation Plan if
the proposed use fails under any one of the following four
conditions:
(a) The sum of emissions increases at the affected facilities
totals less than 100 tons per year after applicable control
requirements and there is no net increase in applicable baseline
emissions as a result of the trade;
(b) The trade involves volatile organic compounds (VOC) or oxides
9

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
of nitrogen (NO x),and there is no net increase in applicable
baseline emissions;
(C) The trade involves particulate matter, sulfur dioxide or
carbon dioxide and does not require air quality modeling due to
the provisions of Section 7 (a) of this regulation; or
(d) The trade involves particulate matter, sulfur dioxide or
carbon monoxide and requires only limited air quality modeling
due to the provisions of Section 7 (b) of this regulation and
this modeling is conducted in accordance with the requirements of
Regulation 2.11.
Adopted 4/21/82; effective 4/21/82; amended 11/16/83, 4—16—86.
10

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
(d) Photochemical Oxidants (measured as 03 and corrected for
interferences due to nitrogen oxides and sulfur dioxide):
(1) 235 micrograms per cubic meter (0.12 ppm) — The standard is
attained when the expected number of days per calendar year with
maximum hourly average concentrations above 0.12 ppm (235 ug/m3)
is equal to or less than 1, and determined by Appendix H of
40 CFR 50.
11

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
REGULATION 4
EMERGENCY EPISODES
REGULATION 4.01
GENERAL PROVISIONS FOR EMERGENCY EPISODES
Conditions justifying the proclamation of an air pollution alert,
air pollution warning, or air pollution emergency shall be deemed
to exist whenever the District determines that the accumulation
of air contaminants in any place is attaining or has attained
levels which could, if such levels are sustained or exceeded,
present a threat to the health of the public. In making this
determination, the District shall be guided by the criteria
specified in Regulation 4.02
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79.
12

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
REGULATION 4.02
EPISODE CRITERIA
SECTION 1. AIR POLLUTION FORECAST
(a) Air Pollution Meteorological Forecast: An internal watch by
the District shall be actuated by a National Weather Service
Advisory that an Atmospheric Stagnation Advisory is in effect or
that atmospheric conditions are conducive to the accumulation of
air contaminants.
SECTION 2. AIR POLLUTION ALERTS.
(a) An alert level is that concentration of air pollutants at
which initial stage control actions are to begin. An alert will
be declared when any one of the pollutant alert levels is reached
at any monitoring site and meteorological conditions are such
that the pollutant concentrations can be expected to remain at
these levels for 12 or more hours or to increase, or in the case
of oxidants the situation is likely to recur within the next 24
hours, unless control actions are taken.
(b) Pollutant alert levels.
(i) Sulfur dioxide: 800 micrograms per cubic meter (0.3 ppm), 24-
hour average.
(ii) Particulates: 375 micrograms per cubic meter, 24—hour
average.
(iii) Sulfur dioxide and particulates combined: product of sulfur
dioxide in micrograms per cubic meter (24-hour average) and
particulates in micrograms per cubic meter (24-hour average)
equal to 65,000.
(iv) Carbon monoxide: 17 milligrams per cubic meter (15 ppm), 8-
hour average.
(v) Oxidants (ozone): 392 micrograms per cubic meter (0.20 ppm),
1-hour average.
(vi) Nitrogen Dioxide:
a. 1130 micrograms per cubic meter (0.6 ppm) 1-hour average.
b. 282 micrograms per cubic meter (0.15 ppm) 24-hour average.
SECTION 3. AIR POLLUTION WARNINGS
(a) A warning level indicates that air quality is continuing to
degrade and that additional control actions are necessary. A
warning will be declared when any one of the following levels is
reached at any monitoring site and meteorological conditions are
such that pollutant concentrations can be expected to remain at
13

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 tILOSIp.B
these levels for more 12 or more hours or to increase, or in the
case of oxidants the situation is likely to recur within the next
24 hours, unless control actions are taken.
(b) Pollutant warning levels.
(1) Sulfur dioxide: 1600 micrograms per cubic meter (0.6 ppm),
24-hour average.
(ii) Particulates: 625 micrograms per cubic meter, 24-hour
average.
(iii) Sulfur dioxide and particulate combined: product of sulfur
dioxide in micrograms per cubic meter (24-hour average) and
particulates in micrograms per cubic meter (24-hour average)
equal to 261,000.
(iv) Carbon monoxide: 34 milligrams per cubic meter (30 ppm) 8-
hour average.
(v) Oxidants (ozone): 800 micrograms per cubic meter (0.4 ppm),
1-hour average.
(vi) Nitrogen dioxide: 2,260 micrograms per cubic meter (1.2
ppm), 1-hour average; 565 micrograms per cubic meter (0.3 ppm),
24-hour average.
SECTION 4. AIR POLLUTION EMERGENCIES.
(a) An emergency level indicates that air quality in continuing
to degrade to a level that should never be reached and that the
most stringent control actions are necessary. An emergency will
be declared when any one of the following levels is reached at
any monitoring site and meteorological conditions are such that
pollutant concentrations can be expected to continue for 12 or
more hours to increase, or in the case of oxidants, the
situation is likely to recur within the next 24 hours, unless
control actions are taken.
(b) Pollutant emergency levels.
(i) Sulfur dioxide: 2,100 micrograms per cubic meter (0.8 ppm),
24-hour average.
(ii) Particulates: 875 micrograms per cubic meter, 24-hr average.
(iii) Sulfur dioxide and particulate combined: Product of sulfur
dioxide in micrograms per cubic meter (24-hour average) and
particulates in micrograms per cubic meter (24-hour average)
equal to 393,000.
(iv) Carbon monoxide: 46 milligrams per cubic meter (40 ppm) 8-
hour average.
(v) Oxidants (ozone): 1,000 micrograms per cubic meter (0.5 ppm),
14

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
1-hour average.
(vi) Nitrogen dioxide: 3,000 micrograms per cubic meter (1.6
ppm), 1-hour average, 750 micrograms per cubic meter (0.4 ppm),
24-hour average.
SECTION 5. EPISODE TERNINATION
Any status declared by the application of these criteria will
remain in effect until the criteria for that level are no longer
met. At such time the next lower appropriate status will be
assumed.
SECTION 6. DECLARATION OF EPISODES
(a) An episode status based on the deterioration of air quality
alone may be declared. An air stagnation advisory or special
dispersion statement need not be in effect.
(b) An appropriate episode status shall be declared when any
monitoring site records ambient air quality levels as designated
in the episode criteria herein, and conditions are expected to
remain per 4.(a) above. The criteria shall be applied to
individual monitoring sites and not to area wide air quality.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79,
11—28—79, 2—16—83.
15

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B t ’
REGULATION 4.03 GENERAL ABATEMENT REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 1. BASIC PROVISIONS
(a) The intent of this regulation is to provide for the
curtailment or reduction of processes or operations which emit an
air contaminant or an air contaminant precursor whose criteria
has been reached and are located in the affected area for which
an episode level has been declared.
(b) Any person responsible for the operation of an air
contaminant source shall take all actions required by this
regulation irrespective of any economic hardship which may be
incurred due to such actions.
(C) When the District determines that specified criteria are
being approached and may be reached at one or more monitoring
sites solely because of emissions from a limited number of
sources or processes, it may act to prevent the attainment of the
episode level by notifying such source that the abatement
strategies as described in this regulation or the standby plans
are required insofar as they apply to such source, and shall be
put into effect until a satisfactory reduction in the ambient
pollution concentration has been achieved.
(d) Air Pollution Alert. When the District declares an air
pollution alert, any person responsible for the operation of a
source of air contaminants shall take all air pollution alert
actions required under section 2 and 3 of this regulation for
such sources of air contaminants and shall put into effect the
preplanned strategy for an air pollution alert.
(e) Air Pollution Warning. When the District declares an air
pollution warning, any person responsible for the operation of a
source of air contaminants shall take all air pollution alert
actions required for such sources of air contaminations and shall
put into effect the preplanned strategy for an air pollution
warning.
(f) Air Pollution Emergency. When the District declares an air
pollution emergency, any person responsible for the operation of
a source of air contaminants shall take all air pollution
emergency actions required for such sources of air contaminants
and shall put into effect the preplanned strategy for an air
pollution emergency.
SECTION 2. STANDBY PLANS
(a) Any person responsible for the operation of a source of air
pollutants as set forth in subregulations 4.04, 4.05 and 4.06
shall prepare standby plans for reducing the emission of air
pollutants during episode periods (air pollution alert, warning,
and emergency). Standby plans shall be designed to reduce or
eliminate emission of air pollutants in accordance with the
objectives set forth in this regulation.
16

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
(b) Any person responsible for the operation of a source of air
pollutants not set forth in subsection (a) of this section shall,
when requested by the District in writing, prepare standby plans
for reducing the emission of air pollutants during episode
periods. Standby plans shall be designed to reduce or eliminate
emissions of air pollutants in accordance with the objectives set
forth in this regulation.
(C) Standby plans as required under subsections (a) and (b) of
this section shall be in writing and identify the source of air
pollutants, the approximate amount of reduction of pollutants,
and a brief description of the manner in which the reduction will
be achieved during episode periods.
(d) During episode periods, standby plans required by this
section shall be made available on the premises to any person
authorized to enforce the provisions of the standby plan.
(e) Standby plans required by this section shall be submitted to
the District upon request within thirty (30) days of the receipt
of such request; such plans shall be subject to review and
approval by the District. If, in the opinion of the District, a
plan does not effectively carry out the objectives as set forth
in sections 2 (a) and 2 (b), the District may disapprove it,
state its reasons for disapproval and order the preparation of an
amended plan within the time period specified in the order.
SECTION 3. ALERT STAGE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(a) When an alert is declared on reaching the criteria level for
particulates or sulfur dioxide, the following actions shall be
taken:
(i) There shall be no open burning by any person of tree waste,
vegetation, refuse or debris.
(ii) The use of incinerators for the disposal of any form of
solid waste shall be limited to the hours of 12 noon and 4 P.M.,
local time.
(iii) Persons operating fuel-burning equipment which requires
boiler lancing or soot blowing shall perform such operations only
between the hours of 12 noon and 4 P.M., local time.
(b) When an alert is declared based on reaching the criteria
level for oxidants, carbon monoxide or nitrogen dioxide the
following actions shall be taken:
(i) Carbon monoxide, nitrogen dioxide, and oxidants alerts:
a. Persons operating motor vehicles shall eliminate all
unnecessary operations.
b. Road repairs should be postponed to alleviate traffic
17

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
congestion.
c. When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing industries
of the following classifications: primary metal industry,
petroleum refining operations, chemical industries, surface
coating operations, paper and allied products, and grain
industry:
1. Reduction of air contaminants from manufacturing operations by
curtailing, postponing, or deferring production operations;
2. Reduction by deferring trade waste disposal operations which
emit solid particles, gas vapors, or malodorous substances;
3. Reduction of heat load demands for processing.
(ii) Oxidant alerts:
a. In addition to actions required in subsection (b) (i) above,
persons operating petroleum loading and dry cleaning facilities
shall reduce hydrocarbon emissions by twenty-five (25) percent.
SECTION 4. WARNING STAGE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
(a) When a warning is declared on reaching the criteria level for
particulates or sulfur dioxide the following actions shall be
taken:
(1) There shall be no open burning by any person of tree waste,
vegetation, refuse or debris in any form.
(ii) The use of incinerators for the disposal of any form of
solid waste or liquid waste shall be prohibited.
(iii) Persons operating fuel-burning equipment which requires
boiler lancing or soot blowing shall perform such operations only
between the hours of 12 noon and 4 P.M., local time.
(b) When a warning is declared based on reaching the criteria
level for oxidants, carbon monoxide or nitrogen dioxide the
following actions shall be taken:
(i) Persons operating motor vehicles must reduce operation by the
use of car pools and increased use of public transportation and
the elimination of unnecessary operation.
(ii) Persons operating petroleum loading and dry cleaning
facilities shall reduce hydrocarbon emissions by fifty (50)
percent).
(iv) Road repairs should be postponed to alleviate traffic
congestion.
SECTION 5. EMERGENCY STAGE GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
18

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
(a) When an emergency is declared based on reaching the criteria
for any air contaminant the following shall apply:
(1) There shall be no open burning by any person of tree waste,
vegetation, refuse, or debris in any form.
(ii) The use of incinerators for the disposal of any form of
solid or liquid waste shall be prohibited.
(iii) All places of employment described below shall immediately
cease operations:
a. Mining and quarrying of nonmetallic minerals.
b. All construction work except that which must proceed to avoid
emergent physical harm.
C. All manufacturing establishments except those required to have
in force an air pollution emergency plan.
d. Wholesale trade establishments: i.e. places of business
primarily engaged in selling merchandise to retailers, to
industrial, commercial, institutional or professional users, or
to other wholesalers, or acting as agents in buying merchandise
for or selling merchandise to such persons or companies.
e. All offices of local, county, and state government including
authorities, joint meetings, and other public bodies excepting
such agencies which are determined by the chief administrative
officer of local, county, or state government, authorities, joint
meetings, and other public bodies to be vital for public safety
and welfare and the enforcement of the provisions of this order.
f. All retail trade establishments except pharmacies and stores
primarily engaged in the sale of food.
g. Banks, credit agencies other than banks; securities and
commodities brokers, dealers, and exchanges and services; offices
of insurance carriers, agents and brokers; real estate offices.
h. Wholesale and retail laundries, laundry services, photographic
studios, beauty shops, barbershops, shoe repair shops.
i. Advertising offices; consumer credit reporting, adjustment and
collection agencies; duplication, addressing, blueprinting,
photocopying, mailing list and stenographic services; equipment
rental services; commercial testing laboratories.
j. Automobile repair, automobile services, garages.
k. Establishments rendering amusement and recreation services
including motion picture theaters.
1. Elementary and secondary schools, colleges, universities,
professional schools, and public and private libraries.
19

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
(iv) All commercial and manufacturing establishments not included
in this order will institute such actions as will result in
maximum reduction of air contaminants from their operations by
ceasing, curtailing, or postponing operations which emit air
contaminants, to the extent possible without causing injury to
persons or damage to equipment.
(v) The use of motor vehicles is prohibited except in emergencies
with the approval of local or state police.
(b) Source curtailment. When an emergency is declared based on
reaching criteria level for any pollutant, any person responsible
for the operation of a source of air contaminants listed below
shall take all required control actions for this emergency level.
(i) When the source of air contaminant is fuel-fired electric
power generating facilities, maximum reduction of emissions shall
be accomplished by utilization fuels having lowest ash and sulfur
content; maximum utilization of mid-day (12 noon to 4 P.M.)
atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing and soot blowing; and
diverting electric power generation to facilities outside of the
emergency area.
(ii) When the source of air contaminant is fuel—fired process
steam generating facilities, maximum reduction of emissions shall
be accomplished by reducing heat and steam demands to absolute
necessities consistent with preventing equipment damage or person
injury; maximum utilization of mid—day (12 noon to 4 P.M.)
atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing and soot blowing and
taking the action called for in the emergency plan.
(iii) When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing
industries including but not limited to the following
classifications: primary metal industries, petroleum refinery,
chemical industries, mineral processing industries, grain
industry, paper and allied products, surface coating, degreasing
nitric acid production, and fertilizer manufacturing, the source
shall initiate action required to accomplish the following
objectives:
a. Elimination of air contaminants from manufacturing operations
by curtailing and ceasing as expeditiously as possible, all
operations which are not necessary for the prevention of injury
to persons or damage to equipment.
b. Elimination of the emission of air contaminants by ceasing
trade waste disposal processes which emit solid particles, gases,
vapors or malodorous substances; maximum utilization of mid-day
(12 noon to 4 .P.M.) atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing or
soot blowing; and maximum reduction of heat load demands
consistent with subparagraph a. above.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 9—1—76, 6—13—79,
2—16—83.
20

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
REGULATION 4.04. PARTICULATE AND SULFUR DIOXIDE REDUCTION
REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 1. ALERTS
To curtail particulates and/or sulfur dioxide sources when an
alert is declared, based on reaching the criteria level for
particulates and/or sulfur dioxide, control actions as described
in paragraphs (a), (b), and (C) below shall be implemented.
(a) When the source of air contaminant is fuel-fired electric
power generating facilities: substantial reduction of emissions
shall be accomplished by utilization of fuels having low ash and
sulfur content; maximum utilization of mid-day (12 noon to 4
P.M.) atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing and soot blowing;
and diverting electric power generation to facilities outside of
the alert area.
(b) When the source of air contaminant is fuel-fired process
steam generating facilities: substantial reduction of emissions
shall be accomplished by utilization of fuels having low ash and
sulfur content; maximum utilization of mid-day (12 noon to 4
P.M.) atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing and soot blowing;
and substantial reduction of steam load demands consistent with
continuing plant operations.
(c) When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing
industries including but not limited to the following
classifications: primary metals industry, petroleum refining
operations, chemical industries, mineral processing industries,
paper and allied products and grain industry, the following
action shall be taken:
(i) All operations that emit particulates or sulfur dioxide shall
curtail, postpone, or defer production to the extent necessary to
effect at least a twenty-five (25) percent reduction of the
instantaneous particulate and/or sulfur dioxide emission levels
existing at the time the alert is declared unless such reduction
of the operation is demonstrated to the District’s satisfaction
to be impractical because of some physical limitation of the
operation.
(ii) In addition, maximum reduction of emissions shall be
accomplished by deferring trade waste disposal operations which
emit solid particles, gas vapors, or malodorous substances;
maximum reduction of heat load demands for processing consistent
with subparagraph (i) above; and maximum utilization of mid-day
(12 noon to 4 P.M.) atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing or
soot blowing.
SECTION 2. WARNINGS
Curtailment of particulate and/or sulfur dioxide sources. When a
warning is declared based on reaching the criteria level for
particulates and/or sulfur dioxide, control actions as described
21

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) below shall be implemented.
(a) When the source of air contaminant is fuel-fired electric
power generating facilities: maximum reduction of emissions shall
be accomplished by utilization of fuels having lowest ash and
sulfur content; maximum utilization of mid-day (12 noon to 4
P.M.) atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing and soot blowing;
and diverting electric power generation to facilities outside of
the warning area.
(b) When the source of air contaminant is fuel fired process
steam generating facilities associated with manufacturing
industries subject to paragraph (d) below: maximum reduction of
emissions shall be accomplished by utilization of fuels having
lowest available ash and sulfur content; fmaximum utilization of
mid-day (12 noon to 4 P.M.) atmospheric turbulence for boiler
lancing and soot blowing; making ready for use a plan of action
to be taken if an emergency develops; and maximum reduction of
steam load demands consistent with continuing plant operations.
(C) When the source of air contaminant is fuel fired process
steam generating facilities not subject to paragraph (b) above:
maximum reduction of emissions shall be accomplished by reducing
heat and steam demands to absolute necessities consistent with
preventing injury to persons or damage to equipment; and maximum
utilization of mid-day (12 noon to 4 P.M.) atmospheric turbulence
for boiler lancing and soot blowing.
(d) When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing
industries which may require considerable lead time for shut-down
including but not limited to the following classifications:
petroleum refining, chemical industries, primary metal
industries, glass industries, paper and allied products, the
source shall initiate action required to accomplish the following
objectives.
(1) Cease, curtail, postpone or defer production and all
operations as is necessary to prepare for an immediate shut—down
if an emergency is declared.
(ii) Effect a maximum reduction of emissions of air contaminants
from manufacturing operations during the time period the warning
is in effect by ceasing, curtailing, postponing, or deferring
production and all operations.
(iii) Effect a maximum reduction of emissions by deferring trade
waste disposal operations which emit solid particles, gases,
vapors, or malodorous substances; maximum reduction of heat load
demands for processing consistent with subparagraphs (i) and (ii)
above; and maximum utilization of mid-day (12 noon to 4 P.M.)
atmospheric turbulence for boiler lancing and soot blowing.
(e) When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing
industries which may require relatively short lead times for
shut-down including but not limited to the following
22

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
classifications: primary metals industries, chemical industries;
mineral processing industries and grain industry, the source
shall initiate action required to accomplish the following
objectives:
(i) Elimination of air contaminants from manufacturing operations
by ceasing, as expeditiously as possible, all operations which
are not necessary for the prevention of injury to persons or
damage to equipment; and by curtailing, as expeditiously as
possible, all operations which are necessary for the prevention
of injury to persons or damage to equipment to the maximum extent
possible such that the curtailment does not cause injury to
persons or damage to equipment.
(ii) Elimination of the emission of air contaminants by ceasing
trade waste disposal processes which emit solid particles, gases,
vapors, and malodorous substances; maximum reduction of heat load
demands consistent with subparagraph (1) above; and maximum
utilization of mid—day (12 noon to 4 P.M.) atmospheric turbulence
for boiler lancing or soot blowing.
SECTION 3. EMERGENCIES
Procedures outlined in Section 5 of Regulation 4.03 (General
Abatement Requirements) shall be implemented.
Adopted 4—19-72; effective 4—19—72.
23

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
REGULATION 4.05. HYDROCARBON AND NITROGEN OXIDES REDUCTION
REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 1. ALERTS
Curtailment of sources of hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides. When
an alert is declared on reaching the criteria level for oxidants
or nitrogen dioxide, control actions described in paragraphs (a),
(b), and (C) below shall be implemented.
(a) When the source of air contaminant is fuel fired electric
power generating facilities, substantial reduction of emissions
shall be accomplished by diverting electric power generation to
facilities outside of the alert area.
(b) When the source of air contaminant is fuel fired process
steam generating facilities, substantial reduction of emissions
shall be accomplished by substantial reduction of steam load
demands consistent with continuing plant operation.
(c) When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing industry
including but not limited to the following classifications:
surface coating, degreasing, nitric acid production, fertilizer
manufacturing and any other hydrocarbon or nitrogen oxide
emitting source(s), the following action shall be taken
(i) Nitrogen dioxide alerts:
a. Reduction of air contaminants from manufacturing operations
by curtailing, postponing, or deferring production and
operations;
b. In addition, maximum reduction of emissions shall be
accomplished by deferring trade waste disposal operations which
emit solid particles, gas vapors or malodorous substances; and
maximum reduction of heat load demand for processing consistent
with subparagraph a. above.
(ii) Oxidant alerts:
a. All operations that emit hydrocarbons shall curtain, postpone,
or defer production to the extent necessary to effect at least a
twenty-five (25) percent reduction of the instantaneous
hydrocarbon emission levels existing at the time the alert is
declared unless such reduction of the operation is demonstrated
to be impractical because of some physical limitation of the
operation.
SECTION 2. WARNINGS
Curtailment of sources of hydrocarbons and nitrogen oxides. When
a warning is declared based on reaching the criteria level of
oxidants or nitrogen dioxide, control actions described in
paragraphs (a) or (b) below shall be implemented.
24

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
(a) When the source of air contaminant is fuel fired electric
power generating facilities or is fuel fired process steam
generating facilities, the provisions of section 1 (a) of
Regulation 4.05 above shall apply.
(b) When the source of air contaminant is manufacturing industry
including but not limited to the following classifications:
surface coating, degreasing, nitric acid production, fertilizer
manufacturing and any other hydrocarbon or nitrogen oxide
emitting sources; the source shall initiate action required to
accomplish the requirements specified in Regulation 4.04, section
2 (d) (ii) and (e) (1) and (ii).
SECTION 3. EMERGENCIES
Procedures outlined in Section 5 of Regulation 4.03 (General
Abatement Requirements) shall be implemented.
Adopted 4—19—62; effective 4—19—72; amended 6—13—79, 2—16—83.
25

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
REGULATION 4.06. CARBON MONOXIDE REDUCTION REQUIREMENTS
SECTION 1. ALERTS
Curtailments of sources of carbon monoxide. When an alert is
declared based on reaching the criteria level for carbon
monoxide, the control actions described in paragraph (a) below
shall be implemented.
(a) When the source of carbon monoxide is manufacturing industry
including but not limited to the following classifications:
primary metal industry, petroleum refining operations, and other
carbon monoxide emitting sources, the following actions shall be
taken:
(i) All operations that emit carbon monoxide shall curtail,
postpone, or defer production to the extent necessary to effect
at least a twenty-five (25) percent reduction of the
instantaneous carbon monoxide emission levels existing at the
time the alert is declared unless such reduction of the operation
is demonstrated to the District’s satisfaction to be impractical
because of some physical limitations of the operation.
SECTION 2. WARNINGS
Curtailment of sources of carbon monoxide. When a warning is
declared based on reaching the criteria level for carbon
monoxide, the control actions described in paragraph (a) below
shall be implemented.
(a) When the source of carbon monoxide is manufacturing industry
including but not limited to the following classifications:
primary metal industry, petroleum refining operations, and other
carbon monoxide emitting sources, the source shall initiate
action required to accomplished the requirements specified in
Regulation 4.04, section 2 (d) (ii) and (e) (i) and (ii).
SECTION 3. EMERGENCIES
Procedures outlined in section 5 of Regulation 4.03 (General
Abatement Requirements) shall be implemented.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72; amended 6—13—79, 2—16—83.
26

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
REGULATION 4.07 EPISODE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
Upon the termination of an episode, the plant manager or his
designee will notify the District in writing of steps taken to
reduce pollution during episode conditions.
Adopted 4—19—72; effective 4—19—72.
REGULATION 6
STANDARDS OF PERFORMANCE FOR EXISTING AFFECTED FACILITIES
REGULATION 6.01 GENERAL PROVISIONS
SECTION 4 PERFORMANCE TESTS
(a) The owner or operator of affected facilities under this
regulation shall conduct performance test(s) according to
Regulation 1.04 and shall furnish the District a written report
of the results of such performance test when the affected
facility is operating under a compliance plan and schedule. Such
testing may be either during or after completion of said
compliance plan and schedule as required by the District.
(b) The following affected facilities are exempt from the
requirements of subsection (a) above:
(i) Process operations with a process weight rate of less than
100 tons per hour;
(ii) Indirect heat exchangers of less than 250 million BTU per
hour heat input;
(iii) Incinerators with charging rates of 45 metric tons per day
or less;
(iv) Affected facilities specified in regulations 6.13, 6.15,
6.16, 6.17, 6.18, 6.19, 6.20, 6.23, 6.24, 6.26, 6.29, 6.30, 6.31,
6.32, 6.33, 6.34, 6.35.
(c) The District may require the owner or operator of any
affected facility, including those specified in subsection (b)
above, to conduct performance tests according to Regulation 1.04
and furnish a written report of the results of such performance
tests.
(ii) A continuous monitoring system for the measurement of sulfur
dioxide in the gases discharged into the atmosphere from the
combustion of fuel gases subject to Regulation 6.10 which meets
the appropriate performance specifications specified in section 7
of this regulation (except where a continuous monitoring system
for the measurement of hydrogen sulfide is installed under
subparagraph (iii) of this paragraph). The pollutant gas used to
prepare calibration gas mixtures under Performance Specification
2 of 40 CFR 60 paragraph 2.1 and for the calibration checks shall
be sulfur dioxide. The span shall be set at 100 ppm. For
27

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
conducting monitoring system performance evaluations, Reference
Method 6 shall be used.
/
(iii) An instrument for continuously monitoring and recording
concentrations or hydrogen sulfide in fuel gases burned in any
fuel gas combustion device subject to Regulation 6.10 which meets
the appropriate performance specifications specified in section 7
of this regulation, if compliance is achieved by removing
hydrogen sulfide from the fuel gas before it is burned; fuel gas
combustion devices having a common source of fuel gas may be
monitored at one location, if monitoring at this location
accurately represents the concentration of hydrogen sulfide in
the fuel gas burned. The span of the continuous monitoring shall
be 300 ppm.
(iv) An instrument for continuously monitoring and recording
concentrations of sulfur dioxide in the gases discharged into the
atmosphere from any Claus sulfur recovery plant subject to
Regulation 6.10 which meets the appropriate performance
specifications in section 7 of this regulation, if compliance is
achieved through the use of an oxidation control system or a
reduction control system followed by incineration. The span of
this continuing monitoring system shall be set at 500 ppm.
(v) An instrument(s) for continuously monitoring and recording
the concentration of hydrogen sulfide and reduced sulfur
compounds in the gases discharged into the atmosphere from any
Claus sulfur recovery plant subject to Regulation 6.10 which
meets the appropriate performance specifications specified in
section 7 of this regulation, if compliance is achieved through
the use of a reduction control system and followed by
incineration. The span(s) of this continuous monitoring system
shall be set at 20 ppm for monitoring and recording the
concentration of hydrogen sulfide and 600 ppm for monitoring and
recording the concentration of reduced sulfur compounds.
(vi) An instrument for continuously monitoring and recording the
concentration of sulfur dioxide in gases discharged into the
atmosphere from the fluid catalytic cracking unit catalyst
regenerator subject to Regulation 6.10 which meets the
appropriate performance specifications specified in section 7 of
this regulation. The span of this continuous monitoring system
shall be 1,500 ppm.
28

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
SECTION 3. EXISTING PRIVATELY OWNED OR MAINTAINED UNPAVED ROAD(S)
AND UNPAVED PARKING AREA(S).
(a) Any person owning any paved road or unpaved parking area
shall discontinue and prevent use of the road or parking area,
unless the District has approved a fugitive dust control plan
which includes prevented measures and the conditions of the
approved plan are met continuously.
(b) Exceptions:
(1) Any road or parking area which, after demonstration to the
District, -will not exceed an average daily traffic count of 10
vehicles averaged over any consecutive 3-day period.
(ii) Any road or parking area associated solely with a housing
project of 4 family dwelling units or less.
SECTION 4. HARD SURFACING OR ROADS AND PARKING AREAS
A person constructing or contracting to construct any road or
parking area which is to be hard surfaced (concrete or bituminous
binder and rock, for example) shall submit to the District a
compliance plan and schedule within 6 months of start of
construction. The person shall use abatement and preventive
measures during construction.
SECTION 5. TRAFFIC COUNTS
The District may require the person owning or maintaining any
unpaved road to supply traffic count information on a regular
basis to the District as necessary to determine if additional
abatement and preventive measures or changes in the
implementation time schedule are required.
SECTION 6. EXISTING PUBLICLY OWNED OR MAINTAINED UNPAVED ROADS
AND UNPAVED PARKING AREAS
(a) By May of each year the political subdivision owning or
maintaining unpaved roads or unpaved parking areas shall submit
to the District a report on the unpaved roads and parking areas
within said political subdivisions which exceed 10 vehicles per
day averaged over any 3-day period based upon traffic count
information as collected by the political subdivision or the
District.
(b) Said political subdivisions shall submit a plan and progress
report to the District by June 1 of each year which includes a
specific time schedule for the control of fugitive dust emissions
on unpaved roads and unpaved parking areas.
SECTION 7. EARTH AND CONSTRUCTION MATERIAL MOVING AND EXCAVATING
ACTIVITIES
No land developer or owner of an existing construction or land
development project shall throughout the duration of the project,
29

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
disturb or contract to disturb by grading, excavating or
depositing on land, unless abatement and preventive measures are
being met continuously.
SECTION 8. DEMOLITION, WRECKING AND MOVING OF STRUCTURES
No person shall conduct demolition, wrecking, or moving of
structures prior to notifying the District.
SECTION 9. OPEN MINING ACTIVITIES
Open mining shall mean the mining of natural mineral deposits,
limestone, coal, gravel, or quarry aggregate, by removing the
overburden lying above such deposits and mining directly from the
deposits thereby exposed. The term includes, but is not limited
to, such practices as open cut mining, quarrying, and dredging.
SECTION 10. OTHER ACTIVITIES
A description shall be submitted to the District at the
District’s request of the nature and scope of the activity and of
the existing sources of fugitive dust including but not limited
to the following:
athletic fields
borrow pits
campgrounds
cleaning
construction
crushing
demolition
detonation of explosives
drying
earth moving
excavating
fairgrounds
feed & grain handling, loading & unloading
feed lots
handling
landfills
land leveling
mining activities
mixing
processing of sand, gravel and rock
quarrying
repair and alteration
sandblasting
site preparation
storage
transportation
unpaved parking areas
unpaved roads
vehicle movement
waste disposal
SECTION 11. ABATEMENT AND PREVENTIVE MEASURES
30

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
(a) Unpaved roads and unpaved parking areas.
(1) Abatement and preventive measures shall be approved by the
District and may include but shall not be limited to frequent
watering, addition of dust palliatives, detouring, paving,
closure, speed control, or other means such as surface treatment
with penetration chemicals (ligninsulfonates, oil, water,
cutbacks, etc.) or methods of equal or greater effectiveness in
reducing the air contamination produced as demonstrated to the
District.
(b) Demolition, wrecking, explosive detonations, earth and
construction material moving, mining, and excavation activities.
(i) Abatement and preventive fugitive dust control measures shall
be approved by the District and may include, but shall not be
limited to:
Wetting down, including pre-watering, landscaping and replanting
vegetation; covering, shielding or enclosing the area; paving,
temporary or permanent; treating, the use of dust palliatives and
chemical stabilization; detouring; restriction of the speed of
vehicles on sites; prevention of the deposit of dirt and mud on
improved streets and roads and other such effective means of dust
control as the District may deem necessary; disturbing less
topsoil and reclaiming as soon as possible.
(ii) Sequential blasting shall be employed whenever or wherever
feasible to reduce the amounts of unconfined particulate matter.
(iii) Such dust control strategies as re—vegetation, delay of
surface opening until demanded, or surface compaction and
sealing, shall be applied.
(iv) Hauling equipment shall be washed or wetted down, treated,
or covered when necessary to minimize the amount of dust emitted
in transit and in loading. This section shall apply to the
source facility or permanent installation for the production and
distribution of construction materials or supplies.
31

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
SECTION 6. TEST METHODS AND PROCEDURES
Except as provided in regulation 1.04, performance tests used to
demonstrate compliance with Sections 3 and 4 shall be conducted
according to the following methods described in CFR) 40 CFR 60:
(a) Reference Method 11 for hydrogen sulfide. The sample shall
be drawn from a point near the centroid of the gas line. The
minimum sampling time shall be ten (10) minutes and the minimum
sample volume 0.01 dscm (0.35 dscf) for each sample. The
arithmetic average of 2 samples shall constitute one run. Samples
shall be taken at approximately one hour intervals.
(b) Reference Method 6 for sulfur dioxide. Reference Method 1
shall be used for velocity and volumetric flow rate. The
sampling site for determining S02 concentration by Reference
F Iethod 6 shall be the same as for determining the volumetric flow
rate by Reference Method 2. The sampling point in the duct for
flow rate by Reference Method 2. The sampling point in the duct
for determining S02 concentration by Reference Method 6 shall be
at the centroid of the cross section or at a point no closer to
the walls than one meter (39 inches) if the cross—sectional area
is 5 square meters or more and the centroid is more than one
meter from the wall. The sample shall be extracted at a rate
proportional to the gas velocity at the sampling point. The
minimum sampling time shall be 10 minutes and the minimum
sampling volume 0.01 dscni (0.35 dscf) for each sample. The
arithmetic average of 2 samples shall constitute one run. Three
runs will constitute compliance test. Samples shall be taken at
approximately one hours intervals.
32

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
REGULATION 7.03. CONTROL OF OBJECTIONABL ODORS IN THE AMBIENT
AIR
SECTION 1. APPLICABILITY
The provisions of this section shall apply to owners or operators
of stationary and mobile sources that emit or may emit
objectionable odor(s) that commenced after the effective date of
this regulation.
SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS
Terms used in this regulation not defined herein shall have the
meaning given them in Regulation 1.02.
(a) “Objectionable odor” means any odor present in the ambient
air which, by itself or in combination with other odors, gases or
vapors, is offensive, foul, unpleasant, or repulsive.
SECTION 3.
(a) No person shall emit or cause to be emitted into the ambient
air any substance which creates an objectionable odor beyond his
property. An odor will be deemed objectionable when a documented
investigation by the District, including as a minimum
observations on the odor’s nature, intensity, duration, and
location, establish that the odor causes injury, detriment,
nuisance, or annoyance to persons or to the public.
(b) An instrument, device or technique designated by the District
may be used in the determination of the intensity of an odor and
may be used in the enforcement of this regulation.
(c) An owner or operator of any business or any machine, device,
equipment or facility which emits into the ambient air any
odorous matter or vapors, gases, dusts or any combination thereof
which creates objectionable odors shall provide, properly
install, and maintain in good working order and in operation such
control devices or procedures as approved by the District.
(d) Abatement or control requirements may include but are not
limited to:
(i) use of catalytic incinerators, afterburners, scrubbers,
absorbers, or other methods approved by the District.
(ii) the removal and disposal of odorous materials;
(iii) the use of methods in handling and storage of odorous
materials that minimize emissions.
(e) The District may order that a building or buildings in which
processing, handling, and storage of any odorous materials are
33

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
performed by tightly closed and ventilated in such a way that all
air and gases and gas-borne materials leaving the building are
treated by incineration or other effective means for removal or
destruction of odorous matter or other contaminants before
discharge into the open air.
(f) An owner or operator incinerating or processing gases,
vapors, or gas-entrained effluents pursuant to this regulation
shall provide, properly install and maintain in good working
order and in operation, devices as approved by the District for
indicating temperatures, pressures or other operating conditions.
(g) Odor producing materials shall be stored, transported and
handled in a manner that accumulation of such materials resulting
from spillage or other escape is prevented.
SECTION 4. REPORTING ACCIDENTAL AND OTHER INFREQUENT EMISSIONS
Accidental and other infrequent discharges which cause or
contribute to objectionable odors shall be reported by telephone
to the District by the person responsible for the discharge.
Such reports shall be made within 2 hours of the discharge.
Adopted 7—14—76; effective 9—1—76.
34

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
REGULATION 7.17 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW AUTOMOBILE AND
LIGHT DUTY TRUCK SURFACE COATING OPERATIONS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal reference for new automobile and light-duty truck
surface coating operations contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart MN, as
published in the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53
to 80, July 1, 1983, is hereby adopted and filed herein by
reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart MM, limits emissions of volatile organic compounds (VOC)
from all new automobile and light-duty truck surface coating
operations that commenced construction, modification, or
reconstruction after October 5, 1979. The provisions of this
regulation apply to the following affected facilities in an
automobile or light-duty truck assembly plant: each prime coat
operation, each guide coat operation, and each topcoat operation.
Operations used to coat plastic body components or all-plastic
automobile or light-duty truck bodies on separate coating lines
are exempted from the provisions of this regulation.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart” shall be read as “this
regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 6-13—79; effective 6-13-79; amended 2-19-86.
35

-------
PRINTED August .30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
REGULATION 7.65 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW GLASS
MANUFACTURING PLANTS.
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for new glass manufacturing plants
contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart CC, as published in the Code of
Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 60, Subpart CC, as published
in the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 40, Parts 53 to 80,
July 1, 1983, and as amended by 49 Fed. Reg. 41035 (1984) is
hereby adopted and filed herein by reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR 60,
Subpart CC, limits emissions of particulate matter from all glass
manufacturing plants that. commenced construction, modification,
or reconstruction after June 15, 1979. The promulgated standards
apply to glass melting furnaces within the following four
categories of glass manufacturing plants: container glass,
pressed and blown glass, wool Fiberglas, and flat glass. All
hand glass melting furnaces, glass melting furnaces designed to
produce less than 4,550 kilograms of glass per day and all-
electric melters are exempt from the provisions of this
regulation.
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
“District”, and “this subpart” shall be read as “this
regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 2—19—86; effective 2-19—86.
36

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
REGULATION 7.66 STANDARD OF PERFORMANCE FOR NEW LEAD-ACID BATTERY
MANUFACTURING PLANTS
SECTION 1. FEDERAL REFERENCES
The federal regulation for lead-acid battery manufacturing
plants contained in 40 CFR 60, Subpart KK, made effective by 47
Fed. Reg. 16573 (1982) is hereby adopted and filed herein by
reference.
SECTION 2. SUMMARY
(a) The federal regulation adopted herein by reference, 40 CFR
60, Subpart KK, limits the emissions of lead from affected
facilities at any lead-acid battery manufacturing plant that
commenced construction, modification, or reconstruction after
January 14, 1980.
(b) The provisions of this regulation apply to the following
affected facilities used in the manufacture of lead—acid storage
batteries:
(i) Grid casting facility
(ii) Paste mixing facility
(iii) Three process operation facility
(iv) Lead oxide manufacturing facility
(v) Lead reclamation
(vi) Other lead emitting operations
SECTION 3. GENERAL DEFINITION
In the federal regulation adopted by reference in this
regulation, “Administrator”, “EPA”, and “Agency” shall be read as
t Djstrjctu , and “this subpart” shall he read as “this
regulation”.
SECTION 4. AVAILABILITY.
Copies of the Code of Federal Regulations (CFR) and Federal
Register are available for sale from the Superintendent of
Documents, U. S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC
20402.
Adopted 2—19—86; effective 2—19—86.
37

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 ‘ t LOSIP.B”
[ THIS TEXT VARIES SLIGHTLY FROM THE ORIGINAL SUBMITTAL]
(a) There shall be no liquid leakage of volatile organic
compounds from the system.
(b) The entire dryer exhaust shall be vented through a properly
functioning carbon absorber or equally effective control device.
(c) The maximum organic solvent concentration in the vent from
the dryer control device shall not exceed 100 ppm before
dilution.
(d) Combined filter and distillation wastes shall not contain
more than 25 kilograms of solvent per 100 kilograms of wet waste
material.
(ii) The residue from a solvent still shall not contain more than
60 kg of solvent per 100 kg of wet waste material.
(iii) Filtration cartridges shall be drained in the filter
housing for at least 24 hours before being discarded. The
drained cartridges shall be dried in the dryer tumbler after
draining.
(iv) Any other filtration or distillation system can be used if
equivalency to these requirements is demonstrated. Any system
reducing waste losses below 1 kg solvent per 100 kg clothes
cleaned will be considered equivalent.
SECTION 4. EXEMPTIONS
Section 3 (a) (iii) and (iv) are not applicable to plants where an
adsorber cannot be accommodated because of inadequate space or
plants where no or insufficient steam capacity is available to
desorb adsorbers.
(1) Hose connections, unions, couplings and valves;
(ii) Machine door gasket and seating;
(iii) Filter head gasket and seating;
(iv) Pumps;
(v) Base tanks and storage containers;
(vi) Water separators;
(vii) Filter sludge recovery operations;
(viii) Distillation units;
(ix) Divertor valves;
(x) Saturated lint from lint basket; and,
(xi) Cartridge filters.
38

-------
PRINTED August 30, 1989 “LOSIP.B”
(b) Dryer exhaust concentration shall be determined by the proper
installation, operation, and maintenance of approved equipment as
determined by the District or by performance tests specified by
the District.
(C) The amount of solvent in filter and distillation wastes shall
be determined by ASTM D 322-67 (77), and substituting collector C
from ASRM E 123-78.
SECTION 5. COMPLIANCE TIMETABLE
The owner or operator of an affected facility shall be required
to complete the following:
(a) Submit a final control plan for achieving compliance with
this regulation no later than April 15, 1981.
(b) Award the control system contract no later than June 15,
1981.
(c) Initiate on—site construction or installation of emission
control equipment no later than December 1, 1981.
(d) On-site construction or installation of emission control
equipment shall be completed no later than December 1, 1982.
(e) Final compliance shall be achieved no later than December 31,
1982.
SECTION 6. EXEMPTIONS
Perchioroethylene dry cleaning facilities which are coin-operated
shall be exempt from this regulation.
SECTION 7. DEVIATIONS
Deviation with the standards and limitations contained in this
regulation, when supported by adequate technical information,
will be considered by the District on a case-by-case basis to
allow for technological or economic circumstances which are
unique to a soruce.
39

-------